Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,385 missions · 1,115 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1270Completed1115All2385
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimization under Variants of the Nested Logit Model 5: For General Nests, the Nested-by-Preference-and-Revenue LP Optimum Scaled by the Factor (12) Is Feasible for the Full LPResearch Paper

Assortment planning with nested choice

A retailer that groups its products into categories (brands, store sections, flight classes) and decides which products to display in each faces the assortment problem: offering more products attracts more customers but also diverts sales away from the most profitable products. The nested logit model is the standard description of customer choice in this setting. A customer first selects a category (a nest), then a product within it. Choice-based models of this kind are the basis of revenue management under customer choice (Talluri and van Ryzin 2004).

Davis, Gallego and Topaloglu (DGT 2014) study the assortment problem under the nested logit model with two features that earlier work excluded: dissimilarity parameters larger than one, under which products in a nest act as complements rather than substitutes, and a no-purchase option inside each nest, under which a customer may enter a nest and still leave without buying. They show that the problem is NP-hard once either feature is present. For each regime they give a small linear program whose solution yields an assortment with a provable performance guarantee. This mission formalizes the guarantee for the most general instances, where both features occur together (§6.1, Theorem 11).

Timeline. Rusmevichientong, Shmoys and Topaloglu (2010) bound nested-by-revenue assortments under a multinomial logit mixture. [DGT 2014] prove that nested-by-revenue assortments are optimal for dissimilarity parameters at most one without within-nest no-purchase options (Theorem 4). They give factor-(6) guarantees with synergistic products, a factor-two guarantee via knapsack relaxations for partially-captured nests (Theorem 10), and the general factor (12) of Theorem 11. Li, Rusmevichientong and Topaloglu (2015) extend the nested-by-revenue result to ddd-level nested logit models.

The model

There are nests i∈M={1,…,m}i\in M=\{1,\dots,m\}i∈M={1,…,m} and, in each nest, products j∈N={1,…,n}j\in N=\{1,\dots,n\}j∈N={1,…,n}. Product jjj of nest iii has revenue rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 and preference weight vij>0v_{ij}>0vij​>0, with ri1≥ri2≥⋯≥rinr_{i1}\ge r_{i2}\ge\dots\ge r_{in}ri1​≥ri2​≥⋯≥rin​. Nest iii has a no-purchase weight vi0≥0v_{i0}\ge0vi0​≥0 and a dissimilarity parameter γi>0\gamma_i>0γi​>0, and v0≥0v_0\ge0v0​≥0 is the weight of choosing no nest at all. For an assortment Si⊆NS_i\subseteq NSi​⊆N,

Vi(Si)=vi0+∑j∈Sivij,Ri(Si)=∑j∈SirijvijVi(Si).V_i(S_i)=v_{i0}+\sum_{j\in S_i}v_{ij},\qquad R_i(S_i)=\frac{\sum_{j\in S_i}r_{ij}v_{ij}}{V_i(S_i)} .Vi​(Si​)=vi0​+j∈Si​∑​vij​,Ri​(Si​)=Vi​(Si​)∑j∈Si​​rij​vij​​.

A customer chooses nest iii with probability Vi(Si)γi/(v0+∑lVl(Sl)γl)V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}/(v_0+\sum_l V_l(S_l)^{\gamma_l})Vi​(Si​)γi​/(v0​+∑l​Vl​(Sl​)γl​), and the expected revenue is

Π(S1,…,Sm)=∑iVi(Si)γiRi(Si)v0+∑iVi(Si)γi.\Pi(S_1,\dots,S_m)=\frac{\sum_{i}V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}R_i(S_i)}{v_0+\sum_{i}V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}} .Π(S1​,…,Sm​)=v0​+∑i​Vi​(Si​)γi​∑i​Vi​(Si​)γi​Ri​(Si​)​.

The optimal value Z∗Z^*Z∗ of max⁡Π\max\PimaxΠ equals the optimal value of the linear program

(3)min⁡ xs.t.v0x≥∑iyi,yi≥Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−x)  ∀Si⊆N, i∈M,\text{(3)}\qquad \min\ x\quad\text{s.t.}\quad v_0x\ge\sum_i y_i,\qquad y_i\ge V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}\big(R_i(S_i)-x\big)\ \ \forall S_i\subseteq N,\ i\in M,(3)min xs.t.v0​x≥i∑​yi​,yi​≥Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−x)  ∀Si​⊆N, i∈M,

which has 2n2^n2n constraints per nest. Problem (4) keeps only the constraints for a chosen candidate collection of assortments in each nest.

A nest is fully captured if vi0=0v_{i0}=0vi0​=0 (i∈Mfi\in M^fi∈Mf) and partially captured if vi0>0v_{i0}>0vi0​>0 (i∈Mpi\in M^pi∈Mp). Nij={1,…,j}N_{ij}=\{1,\dots,j\}Nij​={1,…,j} is the nested-by-revenue assortment. NijkN^k_{ij}Nijk​ is the set of the jjj highest-revenue products among the kkk products of nest iii with the smallest preference weights, with Ni0k=∅N^k_{i0}=\emptysetNi0k​=∅ and Nijn=NijN^n_{ij}=N_{ij}Nijn​=Nij​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11

Let (x^,y^)(\hat x,\hat y)(x^,y^​) be an optimal solution of (4) when the candidate collection of every nest is {Nijk:k∈N, j=0,…,k}∪{{j}:j∈N}\{N^k_{ij}:k\in N,\ j=0,\dots,k\}\cup\{\{j\}:j\in N\}{Nijk​:k∈N, j=0,…,k}∪{{j}:j∈N}, and let

β=max⁡i∈Mf, j=2,…,n{Vi(Nij)Vi(Ni,j−1)}∨max⁡i∈Mp, j=1,…,n{Vi(Nij)Vi(Ni,j−1)}∨2(12).\beta=\max_{i\in M^f,\ j=2,\dots,n}\left\{\frac{V_i(N_{ij})}{V_i(N_{i,j-1})}\right\}\vee\max_{i\in M^p,\ j=1,\dots,n}\left\{\frac{V_i(N_{ij})}{V_i(N_{i,j-1})}\right\}\vee2 \qquad (12).β=i∈Mf, j=2,…,nmax​{Vi​(Ni,j−1​)Vi​(Nij​)​}∨i∈Mp, j=1,…,nmax​{Vi​(Ni,j−1​)Vi​(Nij​)​}∨2(12).

Then (βx^,βy^)(\beta\hat x,\beta\hat y)(βx^,βy^​) is feasible for problem (3).

The theorem assumes γˉ=max⁡iγi>1\bar\gamma=\max_i\gamma_i>1γˉ​=maxi​γi​>1, as all of §6 does. Otherwise it places no restriction on the γi\gamma_iγi​ or the vi0v_{i0}vi0​.

Milestones

  1. x^≥0\hat x\ge0x^≥0 (A.4, p. 46).
  2. Every greedy knapsack assortment S^i(ϵi)\hat S_i(\epsilon_i)S^i​(ϵi​) of §5 is one of the NijkN^k_{ij}Nijk​ (pp. 24–25).
  3. The relaxed nest problem over [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n has an optimal solution of fractional-prefix form (A.4 Case 1, p. 47).
  4. Inequality (30): for a nest with γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and y^i≥0\hat y_i\ge0y^​i​≥0, βy^i\beta\hat y_iβy^​i​ bounds the relaxed objective at every fractional prefix (p. 47).
  5. Case 1: γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1, y^i≥0\hat y_i\ge0y^​i​≥0 gives the constraints of (3) for nest iii (pp. 47–48).
  6. Problem (31) has a nested-by-revenue optimal solution when γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and its coefficient b=βy^ib=\beta\hat y_ib=βy^​i​ is negative (p. 48).
  7. Case 2: γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1, y^i<0\hat y_i<0y^​i​<0 (p. 48).
  8. Case 3: γi≤1\gamma_i\le1γi​≤1, through the factor-two argument of Theorem 10 (pp. 48–49).

Two companions follow the goal. One is the resulting guarantee β Π(S^)≥Z∗≥Π(S^)\beta\,\Pi(\hat S)\ge Z^*\ge\Pi(\hat S)βΠ(S^)≥Z∗≥Π(S^), through Theorem 1. The other is the bound β≤2κ\beta\le2\kappaβ≤2κ when the preference weights within a nest differ by at most a factor κ\kappaκ (p. 26).

Significance

Theorem 11, combined with Theorem 1 of the paper, gives a polynomial-size method for an NP-hard problem. The method solves one linear program with 1+m1+m1+m variables and 1+m(1+n+n2)1+m(1+n+n^2)1+m(1+n+n2) constraints, then reads off an assortment whose expected revenue is within the factor β\betaβ of the optimum. This holds for every nested logit instance, including nests where customers may walk away and nests whose products are complements. When the weights inside each nest are within a factor κ\kappaκ of each other, the guarantee is at most 2κ2\kappa2κ.

The theorem is proved in the paper's appendix. No part of it is machine-checked. Formalizing it checks a case analysis that reuses, by reference, arguments from two other theorems: Theorem 7 (synergistic, fully-captured nests) and Theorem 10 (competitive, partially-captured nests). It makes precise what these arguments need when the two regimes are mixed in one instance. The formalization also fixes the boundary conventions the printed proof leaves implicit: fully-captured nests with k=1k=1k=1, zero-weight denominators, and the sign of y^i\hat y_iy^​i​.

Difficulty

Each nest falls into one of three regimes, and a different argument controls each. With γi≤1\gamma_i\le1γi​≤1 the nest behaves like a knapsack problem. Its guarantee of two needs the knapsack collection of §5 to sit inside {Nijk}\{N^k_{ij}\}{Nijk​}. With γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and y^i≥0\hat y_i\ge0y^​i​≥0, the constraint must be extended from nested-by-revenue sets to every subset. This goes through a continuous relaxation whose optimum has a fractional coordinate, and it costs the ratio Vi(Nik)/Vi(Ni,k−1)V_i(N_{ik})/V_i(N_{i,k-1})Vi​(Nik​)/Vi​(Ni,k−1​), which is where (12) comes from. With γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 and y^i<0\hat y_i<0y^​i​<0, the scaling argument of Case 1 fails because multiplying by a factor at most one no longer preserves the inequality. The proof switches to the different objective (31), whose convexity in one coordinate forces an integral optimum.

The first idea, bounding every assortment by a nested-by-revenue one, is false here. With γi>1\gamma_i>1γi​>1 or vi0>0v_{i0}>0vi0​>0, nested-by-revenue assortments are not optimal, and the loss is exactly the factor β\betaβ.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n; NijN_{ij}Nij​ is nbr n j. Powers are Real.rpow, and x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0, so Ri(∅)=0R_i(\emptyset)=0Ri​(∅)=0. Problems (3) and (4) are stated in constraint form: LP4Optimal means feasible and with xxx minimal among feasible points. β\betaβ is the greatest element of the finite set betaSet I, which contains 222 and the ratios of (12). Fully-captured nests skip j=1j=1j=1, as on the page. The collection is constructed: nestedPR breaks weight ties by index and revenue ties by index.

Standing assumptions, all disclosed:

  • vij>0v_{ij}>0vij​>0, rij≥0r_{ij}\ge0rij​≥0 and γi>0\gamma_i>0γi​>0. The page allows zero-weight padding products and γi=0\gamma_i=0γi​=0, but its arguments do not cover them.
  • γˉ>1\bar\gamma>1γˉ​>1 on every statement set in Theorem 11's context.
  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1 for the collection claim and the prefix claim.
  • vi0>0v_{i0}>0vi0​>0 for the statement about (31). That is the only kind of nest where Case 2 arises. For vi0=0v_{i0}=0vi0​=0, Lean's 01−γi=00^{1-\gamma_i}=001−γi​=0 would remove the page's +∞+\infty+∞.
  • v0>0v_0>0v0​>0 for the guarantee, where Theorem 1 fails otherwise.
  • κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1, and vi0v_{i0}vi0​ counted among the weights of a partially-captured nest (vij≤κvi0v_{ij}\le\kappa v_{i0}vij​≤κvi0​, vi0≤κvijv_{i0}\le\kappa v_{ij}vi0​≤κvij​), for the 2κ2\kappa2κ bound.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The goal states only feasibility for (3), with β\betaβ the maximum of (12), not any upper bound. The collection is the page's, not an arbitrary family containing it. The goal mentions none of the cases or the relaxations.

A complete development needs continuous knapsack solutions (greedy optimality, fractional prefixes), convexity of t↦t1−γt\mapsto t^{1-\gamma}t↦t1−γ on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and the factor-two argument of Theorem 10. The knapsack and fractional-prefix lemmas are reusable for the companion missions of this series. Proofs of individual cases, and proofs of milestones in greater generality, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. M. Davis, G. Gallego, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization under variants of the nested logit model, Operations Research 62(2), 2014 (revised manuscript of June 18, 2013). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1256
  • P. Rusmevichientong, D. B. Shmoys, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization with mixtures of logits, technical report, Cornell University, 2010. http://legacy.orie.cornell.edu/~huseyin/publications/publications.html
  • G. Li, P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, The d-level nested logit model: assortment and price optimization problems, Operations Research 63(2), 2015.
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1), 15–33, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • D. P. Williamson, D. B. Shmoys, The Design of Approximation Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511921735
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimization under Variants of the Nested Logit Model 3: With Fully-Captured Nests, the Nested-by-Revenue LP Optimum Scaled by the Factor (6) Is Feasible for the Full LPResearch Paper

Motivation

Assortment optimization asks a retailer which products to offer when customers substitute among them. The nested logit model groups products into nests and is one of the most used choice models in revenue management, because it relaxes the independence of irrelevant alternatives of the plain multinomial logit model while keeping choice probabilities in closed form. Davis, Gallego and Topaloglu (Oper. Res. 62(2), 2014) study how the tractability of the assortment problem under this model depends on two features: whether the dissimilarity parameters of the nests are at most one, and whether a customer who selects a nest always buys there (fully-captured nests).

When the dissimilarity parameters are at most one and the nests are fully captured, offering the jjj highest-revenue products in every nest is optimal (Theorem 4 of the paper). This mission concerns what survives when a dissimilarity parameter exceeds one, the regime the paper calls possibly synergistic products. Then the problem is NP-hard (Theorem 5), and the paper shows that the same nested-by-revenue assortments still achieve an explicit, data-dependent fraction of the optimal expected revenue.

Setting

There are nests i∈Mi \in Mi∈M and products j∈N={1,…,n}j \in N = \{1, \dots, n\}j∈N={1,…,n} in every nest. Product jjj of nest iii has a revenue rijr_{ij}rij​ and a preference weight vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0, ordered so that ri1≥ri2≥⋯≥rinr_{i1} \ge r_{i2} \ge \dots \ge r_{in}ri1​≥ri2​≥⋯≥rin​. Nest iii has a dissimilarity parameter γi>0\gamma_i > 0γi​>0, and v0≥0v_0 \ge 0v0​≥0 is the weight of leaving without choosing a nest. Throughout this mission the nests are fully captured: the within-nest no-purchase weights vi0v_{i0}vi0​ are zero. For an assortment Si⊆NS_i \subseteq NSi​⊆N in nest iii,

Vi(Si)=∑j∈Sivij,Ri(Si)=∑j∈SirijvijVi(Si),Ri(∅)=0,V_i(S_i) = \sum_{j \in S_i} v_{ij}, \qquad R_i(S_i) = \frac{\sum_{j \in S_i} r_{ij} v_{ij}}{V_i(S_i)}, \quad R_i(\emptyset) = 0,Vi​(Si​)=j∈Si​∑​vij​,Ri​(Si​)=Vi​(Si​)∑j∈Si​​rij​vij​​,Ri​(∅)=0,

and the expected revenue of (S1,…,Sm)(S_1, \dots, S_m)(S1​,…,Sm​) is

Π(S1,…,Sm)=∑i∈MVi(Si)γiRi(Si)v0+∑i∈MVi(Si)γi.\Pi(S_1, \dots, S_m) = \frac{\sum_{i \in M} V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i} R_i(S_i)}{v_0 + \sum_{i \in M} V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}}.Π(S1​,…,Sm​)=v0​+∑i∈M​Vi​(Si​)γi​∑i∈M​Vi​(Si​)γi​Ri​(Si​)​.

Problem (2) maximizes Π\PiΠ; its optimal value is Z∗Z^*Z∗. The nested-by-revenue assortment Nij={1,…,j}N_{ij} = \{1, \dots, j\}Nij​={1,…,j} collects the jjj highest-revenue products of nest iii, with Ni0=∅N_{i0} = \emptysetNi0​=∅ and N+={0,1,…,n}N_+ = \{0, 1, \dots, n\}N+​={0,1,…,n}.

Problem (2) is equivalent to the linear program (3): minimize xxx subject to v0x≥∑iyiv_0 x \ge \sum_i y_iv0​x≥∑i​yi​ and yi≥Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−x)y_i \ge V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}(R_i(S_i) - x)yi​≥Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−x) for every nest iii and every Si⊆NS_i \subseteq NSi​⊆N. Problem (4) keeps the second family of constraints only for candidate assortments; here the candidates are {Nij:j∈N+}\{N_{ij} : j \in N_+\}{Nij​:j∈N+​}, which gives a linear program with 1+m1 + m1+m variables and 1+m(1+n)1 + m(1 + n)1+m(1+n) constraints. The performance factor of the nested-by-revenue assortments is

α=max⁡i∈M, j=2,…,n{Ri(Ni,j−1)Ri(Nij)∧(Ri(Nij)Ri(Ni,j−1) Vi(Nij)γiVi(Ni,j−1)γi)},a∧b=min⁡{a,b}.(6)\alpha = \max_{i \in M,\ j = 2, \dots, n} \left\{ \frac{R_i(N_{i,j-1})}{R_i(N_{ij})} \wedge \left(\frac{R_i(N_{ij})}{R_i(N_{i,j-1})}\, \frac{V_i(N_{ij})^{\gamma_i}}{V_i(N_{i,j-1})^{\gamma_i}}\right) \right\}, \qquad a \wedge b = \min\{a, b\}. \tag{6}α=i∈M, j=2,…,nmax​{Ri​(Nij​)Ri​(Ni,j−1​)​∧(Ri​(Ni,j−1​)Ri​(Nij​)​Vi​(Ni,j−1​)γi​Vi​(Nij​)γi​​)},a∧b=min{a,b}.(6)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

Assume vi0=0v_{i0} = 0vi0​=0 for every nest, γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1 for some nest, positive revenues and n≥2n \ge 2n≥2. If (x^,y^)(\hat x, \hat y)(x^,y^​) is an optimal solution of (4) over the nested-by-revenue assortments, then

(αx^,αy^) is feasible for (3).(\alpha \hat x, \alpha \hat y) \ \text{is feasible for (3)}.(αx^,αy^​) is feasible for (3).

Combined with Theorem 1 of the paper this yields Z∗≤α Π(S^)Z^* \le \alpha\, \Pi(\hat S)Z∗≤αΠ(S^) for the assortment S^\hat SS^ read off the small linear program; that consequence is a companion item.

Milestones

  1. Problem (3) is a relaxation of the fractional problem (7), in which yiy_iyi​ dominates (∑jvijzij)γi[∑jrijvijzij/∑jvijzij−x]\big(\sum_j v_{ij} z_{ij}\big)^{\gamma_i}\big[\sum_j r_{ij} v_{ij} z_{ij} / \sum_j v_{ij} z_{ij} - x\big](∑j​vij​zij​)γi​[∑j​rij​vij​zij​/∑j​vij​zij​−x] for all zi∈[0,1]nz_i \in [0,1]^nzi​∈[0,1]n.
  2. Lemma 6: the inner maximization (8) of (7) has a solution of the form zi1=⋯=zi,k−1=1z_{i1} = \dots = z_{i,k-1} = 1zi1​=⋯=zi,k−1​=1, zik∈[0,1]z_{ik} \in [0,1]zik​∈[0,1], zi,k+1=⋯=zin=0z_{i,k+1} = \dots = z_{in} = 0zi,k+1​=⋯=zin​=0.
  3. y^i≥0\hat y_i \ge 0y^​i​≥0 and x^≥0\hat x \ge 0x^≥0.
  4. The inequalities (20) and (22) with the coefficients αik1=Ri(Ni,k−1)/Ri(Nik)\alpha^1_{ik} = R_i(N_{i,k-1})/R_i(N_{ik})αik1​=Ri​(Ni,k−1​)/Ri​(Nik​) and 1∨αik21 \vee \alpha^2_{ik}1∨αik2​.
  5. Ri(Nij)≤Ri(Ni,j−1)R_i(N_{ij}) \le R_i(N_{i,j-1})Ri​(Nij​)≤Ri​(Ni,j−1​), and Lemma 14: α≥1\alpha \ge 1α≥1 when some γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1.
  6. The inequalities (24) and (25): αy^i\alpha \hat y_iαy^​i​ dominates the objective of (8) at αx^\alpha \hat xαx^ for every vector of Lemma 6's shape.

Two companion statements follow the goal: the bounds α≤ρ\alpha \le \rhoα≤ρ and α≤2κ\alpha \le 2\kappaα≤2κ when revenues, respectively preference weights, within each nest differ by at most the factors ρ\rhoρ, κ\kappaκ; and the guarantee Z∗≤α Π(S^)Z^* \le \alpha\, \Pi(\hat S)Z∗≤αΠ(S^).

Significance

Because problem (2) is NP-hard once a dissimilarity parameter exceeds one (Theorem 5 of the paper), an exact polynomial algorithm is not expected, and a guarantee for a polynomial-size candidate family is the natural substitute. Theorem 7 gives one with an explicit factor computed from the data: α≤ρ\alpha \le \rhoα≤ρ when revenues within each nest are balanced, α≤2κ\alpha \le 2\kappaα≤2κ when preference weights within each nest are balanced, and the nests may differ arbitrarily from one another. The same linear-programming argument (Theorem 1) is reused for partially-captured nests in §6 of the paper.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix A.1); no machine-checked version is known. A formalization verifies an appendix argument that is stated with little detail, and fixes the conventions that the page leaves implicit, such as the value of the objective of (8) at zi=0z_i = 0zi​=0 and the role of the standing assumption that some γi\gamma_iγi​ exceeds one.

Difficulty

Theorem 7 is a feasibility statement for the exponentially many constraints of (3), one per subset of every nest, while optimality of (x^,y^)(\hat x, \hat y)(x^,y^​) only controls the n+1n + 1n+1 nested-by-revenue constraints per nest. The obvious approach, comparing each subset directly with a nested-by-revenue assortment, fails: when γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1 the nested-by-revenue assortments are not optimal within a nest, and the example of §4.1 shows that they can lose an unbounded factor. The constant α\alphaα must absorb the gap between a fractional assortment and its two neighbouring nested-by-revenue assortments, which the dual-style solution (x^,y^)(\hat x, \hat y)(x^,y^​) of the small program does not see.

Formalization scope

Lean 4 with Mathlib. Nests form a finite type ι; products are Fin n, indexed from 000, so NijN_{ij}Nij​ is nbr n j = {k | k < j} and product kkk of the page is ⟨k - 1, _⟩. Powers are real powers (Real.rpow), and division is total (x/0=0x / 0 = 0x/0=0), which gives Ri(∅)=0R_i(\emptyset) = 0Ri​(∅)=0 and value 000 for the objective of (8) at zi=0z_i = 0zi​=0.

Standing assumptions in every statement: v0≥0v_0 \ge 0v0​≥0, vi0≥0v_{i0} \ge 0vi0​≥0, vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0, rij≥0r_{ij} \ge 0rij​≥0, γi>0\gamma_i > 0γi​>0, revenues ordered within each nest (§1); vi0=0v_{i0} = 0vi0​=0 for every nest and γi>1\gamma_i > 1γi​>1 for some nest (§4, p. 16). Added and disclosed: rij>0r_{ij} > 0rij​>0 wherever (6) appears, so that no denominator of (6) vanishes; n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, the nonempty range of (6); v0>0v_0 > 0v0​>0 only in the guarantee Z∗≤α Π(S^)Z^* \le \alpha\,\Pi(\hat S)Z∗≤αΠ(S^), inherited from Theorem 1. The factor α\alphaα enters as a real number with the hypothesis that it is the greatest element of the set of terms of (6). An optimal solution of (4) is a feasible pair whose xxx is minimal among feasible pairs.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: α\alphaα is the maximum of (6), not an arbitrary upper bound, and the goal states feasibility for the full program (3) over every subset of every nest, not for (7) or for the candidate collection.

Needed infrastructure: maximization of a continuous function on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, the greedy solution of a continuous knapsack, monotonicity of weighted averages and elementary real-power calculus. These are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, of the companions, and of the §4.1 example are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. M. Davis, G. Gallego, H. Topaloglu, Assortment optimization under variants of the nested logit model, Operations Research 62(2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1256 (formalized from the revised manuscript of June 18, 2013).
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems 2: Worst-Case Distribution with Largest Covariance for Piecewise-Linear PortfoliosResearch Paper

Motivation

A portfolio manager who maximizes expected utility needs the distribution of asset returns, but in practice only estimates of its first two moments are available, and these estimates are themselves noisy. Distributionally robust optimization handles this by optimizing against the worst distribution in a set of plausible ones. Delage and Ye (Operations Research 58(3), 2010) proposed a set of distributions defined by confidence bounds on the mean and on the second-moment matrix, showed that the resulting problems are solvable in polynomial time for a large class of costs, and applied the framework to portfolio selection.

The set contains an upper bound on the covariance but no lower bound. Remark 1 of the paper says a lower bound "leads to important computational difficulties" and argues it should be unnecessary: for a concave utility, a less predictable market can only reduce expected utility, so the worst distribution should already have the largest covariance allowed. Proposition 3 in §5.2 turns this argument into a theorem for piecewise-linear concave utilities and unconstrained support. This mission formalizes Proposition 3 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Let nnn assets have a random return vector ξ∈Rn\xi\in\mathbb R^nξ∈Rn, and let x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn be a portfolio, so the return is ξTx\xi^{\mathsf T}xξTx. A distribution of ξ\xiξ is a Borel probability measure on Rn\mathbb R^nRn with finite second moments. For symmetric matrices, A⪯BA\preceq BA⪯B (the Loewner order) means B−AB-AB−A is positive semidefinite.

Given a support set SSS, a centre μ0\mu_0μ0​, a positive definite matrix Σ0≻0\Sigma_0\succ0Σ0​≻0 and γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0, γ2>0\gamma_2>0γ2​>0, the distributional set of Assumption 3 is

D1(S,μ0,Σ0,γ1,γ2)={P : P(ξ∈S)=1, (E[ξ]−μ0)TΣ0−1(E[ξ]−μ0)≤γ1, E[(ξ−μ0)(ξ−μ0)T]⪯γ2Σ0}.\mathcal D_1(S,\mu_0,\Sigma_0,\gamma_1,\gamma_2)=\Big\{P\ :\ P(\xi\in S)=1,\ (\mathbb E[\xi]-\mu_0)^{\mathsf T}\Sigma_0^{-1}(\mathbb E[\xi]-\mu_0)\le\gamma_1,\ \mathbb E[(\xi-\mu_0)(\xi-\mu_0)^{\mathsf T}]\preceq\gamma_2\Sigma_0\Big\}.D1​(S,μ0​,Σ0​,γ1​,γ2​)={P : P(ξ∈S)=1, (E[ξ]−μ0​)TΣ0−1​(E[ξ]−μ0​)≤γ1​, E[(ξ−μ0​)(ξ−μ0​)T]⪯γ2​Σ0​}.

The second constraint, (1b), is the covariance constraint.

The utility is piecewise linear concave, u(y)=min⁡k∈{1,…,K}aky+bku(y)=\min_{k\in\{1,\dots,K\}}a_ky+b_ku(y)=mink∈{1,…,K}​ak​y+bk​ with K≥1K\ge1K≥1 pieces, and the cost of a return is −u-u−u:

h(x,ξ)=max⁡k (−ak ξTx−bk).h(x,\xi)=\max_{k}\ \big(-a_k\,\xi^{\mathsf T}x-b_k\big).h(x,ξ)=kmax​ (−ak​ξTx−bk​).

With estimates μ^\hat\muμ^​, Σ^≻0\hat\Sigma\succ0Σ^≻0 of the mean and covariance, the inner problem of the robust portfolio problem with unconstrained support and an exactly known mean (γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0) is

max⁡P∈D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,0,γ2) EP[h(x,ξ)].(18)\max_{P\in\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,0,\gamma_2)}\ \mathbb E_P\big[h(x,\xi)\big].\tag{18}P∈D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,0,γ2​)max​ EP​[h(x,ξ)].(18)

The proof relates (18) to a semidefinite program in variables Λk∈Rn×n\Lambda_k\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}Λk​∈Rn×n, λk∈Rn\lambda_k\in\mathbb R^nλk​∈Rn, νk∈R\nu_k\in\mathbb Rνk​∈R:

max⁡ ∑k(−ak xTλk−bkνk)s.t.∑kΛk⪯γ2Σ^+μ^μ^T,  ∑kλk=μ^,  ∑kνk=1,  [ΛkλkλkTνk]⪰0.(19)\max\ \sum_k\big(-a_k\,x^{\mathsf T}\lambda_k-b_k\nu_k\big)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \sum_k\Lambda_k\preceq\gamma_2\hat\Sigma+\hat\mu\hat\mu^{\mathsf T},\ \ \sum_k\lambda_k=\hat\mu,\ \ \sum_k\nu_k=1,\ \ \begin{bmatrix}\Lambda_k&\lambda_k\\\lambda_k^{\mathsf T}&\nu_k\end{bmatrix}\succeq0.\tag{19}max k∑​(−ak​xTλk​−bk​νk​)s.t.k∑​Λk​⪯γ2​Σ^+μ^​μ^​T,  k∑​λk​=μ^​,  k∑​νk​=1,  [Λk​λkT​​λk​νk​​]⪰0.(19)

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

For every γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0 (the mean-uncertainty radius of the robust portfolio problem (16); (18) is the case γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0),

∃ P∗∈D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,γ1,γ2):EP∗[(ξ−μ^)(ξ−μ^)T]=γ2Σ^andEQ[h(x,ξ)]≤EP∗[h(x,ξ)]  ∀ Q∈D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,γ1,γ2).\exists\,P^*\in\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\gamma_1,\gamma_2):\quad \mathbb E_{P^*}\big[(\xi-\hat\mu)(\xi-\hat\mu)^{\mathsf T}\big]=\gamma_2\hat\Sigma\quad\text{and}\quad \mathbb E_Q[h(x,\xi)]\le\mathbb E_{P^*}[h(x,\xi)]\ \ \forall\,Q\in\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\gamma_1,\gamma_2).∃P∗∈D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,γ1​,γ2​):EP∗​[(ξ−μ^​)(ξ−μ^​)T]=γ2​Σ^andEQ​[h(x,ξ)]≤EP∗​[h(x,ξ)]  ∀Q∈D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,γ1​,γ2​).

The worst-case expectation is attained, and at a distribution for which the covariance constraint holds with equality. The statement holds for every portfolio xxx, every K≥1K\ge1K≥1, every a,ba,ba,b, every μ^\hat\muμ^​, every Σ^≻0\hat\Sigma\succ0Σ^≻0, every γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0 and every γ2>0\gamma_2>0γ2​>0.

Milestones

  1. Every value of (18) is dominated by the value of a feasible point of (19).
  2. (19) has an optimal solution at which ∑kΛk=γ2Σ^+μ^μ^T\sum_k\Lambda_k=\gamma_2\hat\Sigma+\hat\mu\hat\mu^{\mathsf T}∑k​Λk​=γ2​Σ^+μ^​μ^​T.
  3. If [ΛλλTν]⪰0\begin{bmatrix}\Lambda&\lambda\\\lambda^{\mathsf T}&\nu\end{bmatrix}\succeq0[ΛλT​λν​]⪰0 and ν>0\nu>0ν>0, a random vector with mean λ/ν\lambda/\nuλ/ν and second moment Λ/ν\Lambda/\nuΛ/ν exists.
  4. The mixture ∑kνkPk\sum_k\nu_kP_k∑k​νk​Pk​ of such vectors, built from a tight feasible point with all νk>0\nu_k>0νk​>0, lies in D1\mathcal D_1D1​ and has second moment γ2Σ^\gamma_2\hat\Sigmaγ2​Σ^ about μ^\hat\muμ^​.
  5. The expected cost under that mixture is at least the objective value of (19) at the point.
  6. (18) and (19) have the same attained optimal value.

Significance

The proposition justifies a modelling decision of the whole paper: for portfolio problems with piecewise-linear concave utility, adding a lower bound γ3Σ0⪯E[(ξ−μ0)(ξ−μ0)T]\gamma_3\Sigma_0\preceq\mathbb E[(\xi-\mu_0)(\xi-\mu_0)^{\mathsf T}]γ3​Σ0​⪯E[(ξ−μ0​)(ξ−μ0​)T] (display (2)) to the distributional set cannot change the robust decision, so the computational difficulty that lower bound would cause is avoided at no loss. It also shows that, under these assumptions and with γ2=1\gamma_2=1γ2​=1, the paper's semidefinite formulation solves the known-moment portfolio problem of Popescu (2007) in polynomial time (Remark 4). The worst case is explicit: a finite mixture of distributions with prescribed first and second moments, read off an optimal solution of (19).

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. Formalizing it requires a moment-problem argument (from a distribution to a feasible point of an SDP) and its converse (from an SDP solution to a distribution), both of which are reusable for other moment-based distributionally robust results. The proposition concerns the robust portfolio problem with D1(Rn,μ^,Σ^,γ1,γ2)\mathcal D_1(\mathbb R^n,\hat\mu,\hat\Sigma,\gamma_1,\gamma_2)D1​(Rn,μ^​,Σ^,γ1​,γ2​); the paper's proof writes out only γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0 "for simplicity of our derivations". The goal states the proposition for every γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0; the milestones follow the written proof and are stated for γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, "a concave utility prefers less spread, so the adversary maximizes spread", does not prove anything by itself: increasing the second-moment matrix of a given distribution in the Loewner order does not determine its law, and the expected cost depends on the whole law, not on the moments. The proof goes through the semidefinite program (19). Two steps carry the weight. First, every distribution in D1\mathcal D_1D1​ must be mapped to a feasible point of (19) with no smaller value, although the cost is only piecewise affine in ξ\xiξ. Second, an optimal point of (19) must be turned back into a distribution in D1\mathcal D_1D1​; this needs the existence of random vectors with prescribed first and second moments, and care with blocks where νk=0\nu_k=0νk​=0, which the paper sets aside "without loss of generality" although such a block can carry a nonzero Λk\Lambda_kΛk​ that the mixture would lose.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ; all Euclidean quantities are dot products, never the sup norm. Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; A⪯BA\preceq BA⪯B is (B - A).PosSemidef; Σ0−1\Sigma_0^{-1}Σ0−1​ is Mathlib's matrix inverse, used only with Σ0≻0\Sigma_0\succ0Σ0​≻0.
  • A distribution is a Measure (Fin n → ℝ) that is a probability measure and whose coordinates are in L2L^2L2 (MemLp _ 2). This makes every mean, second moment and expected cost a genuine integral; without it a non-integrable expectation would evaluate to 000.
  • P(ξ∈S)=1P(\xi\in S)=1P(ξ∈S)=1 is an almost-everywhere statement; the goal uses S=RnS=\mathbb R^nS=Rn ("infinite support constraint"). The convexity of SSS, μ0∈int⁡S\mu_0\in\operatorname{int}Sμ0​∈intS and the separation oracle of Assumption 3 concern the paper's algorithms and are not part of the set.
  • The maximum of (18) is never a real supremum: the goal asserts a maximizer that dominates every member of the set. The cost uses a finite maximum over K≥1K\ge1K≥1 pieces ([NeZero K]).
  • Standing hypotheses: Σ^≻0\hat\Sigma\succ0Σ^≻0 (Assumption 3's Σ0≻0\Sigma_0\succ0Σ0​≻0, and endnote 1), γ2>0\gamma_2>0γ2​>0 (§3), γ1≥0\gamma_1\ge0γ1​≥0 (Assumption 3) in the goal; the milestones fix γ1=0\gamma_1=0γ1​=0 as the proof does. The portfolio xxx ranges over all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn; the simplex constraint (16b) plays no role in the inner problem, so dropping it only strengthens the statements.
  • The objective of (19) has the sign of the proof's final computation (p. 21), ∑k(−akxTλk−bkνk)\sum_k(-a_kx^{\mathsf T}\lambda_k-b_k\nu_k)∑k​(−ak​xTλk​−bk​νk​); display (19a) on p. 19 prints the opposite signs, a misprint.
  • Ruling out trivial readings: the goal requires both membership in D1\mathcal D_1D1​ with tight covariance and domination of every member of D1\mathcal D_1D1​. A distribution with covariance γ2Σ^\gamma_2\hat\Sigmaγ2​Σ^ alone, or a maximizer alone, would not suffice. The goal does not claim that every maximizer is tight; for K=1K=1K=1 the cost is linear and every member of D1\mathcal D_1D1​ is a maximizer.
  • Infrastructure needed: existence of distributions with prescribed mean and covariance (for instance multivariate Gaussians, or degenerate laws on a subspace), finite mixtures of measures and their moments, Schur complements of positive semidefinite block matrices, and compactness of the feasible set of (19). Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome.

The source is the authors' draft of 20 February 2008 of the Operations Research paper; every page, display and label in this mission refers to that draft.

Selected references

  • E. Delage and Y. Ye, Distributionally robust optimization under moment uncertainty with application to data-driven problems, Operations Research 58(3):595–612, 2010 (authors' draft of 20 February 2008 used here). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • I. Popescu, Robust mean-covariance solutions for stochastic optimization, Operations Research 55(1):98–112, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1060.0353
  • Y. Nesterov and A. Nemirovski, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximum Pressure Policies in Stochastic Processing Networks IV: In Reversed Leontief Networks Extreme Allocations Are Integral and Maximum Pressure Separates by ProcessorResearch Paper

Motivation

Maximum pressure policies schedule a stochastic processing network by choosing, at each decision time, an allocation of processors to activities that maximizes a linear "pressure" built from the current buffer levels and the network's input-output matrix. Dai and Lin (Oper. Res. 53(2), 2005) prove that such policies are throughput optimal: they stabilize the network whenever any policy can. The policies descend from the back-pressure rule of Tassiulas and Ephremides (IEEE TAC 37(12), 1992) for wireless networks and are now standard in switching, manufacturing and data-center scheduling.

The general theory lets a processor split its capacity among several activities at once. In many systems this is impossible: a machine works on one job type at a time. Section 7 of the paper shows that with this restriction Harrison's static planning LP no longer characterizes stability, and Section 8 shows that forbidding preemption can make a maximum pressure policy unstable. Both difficulties disappear for one structural class, the reversed Leontief networks, in which every activity needs exactly one processor. This mission formalizes the two lemmas that make that class work: extreme allocations are integral (Lemma 1), and a maximum pressure allocation is found processor by processor (Lemma 3).

Setting

A network has buffers 0,1,…,I0,1,\dots,I0,1,…,I, where Buffer 000 is the outside world and I={1,…,I}\mathcal I=\{1,\dots,I\}I={1,…,I} are the internal buffers; activities J={1,…,J}\mathcal J=\{1,\dots,J\}J={1,…,J}; and processors K={1,…,K}\mathcal K=\{1,\dots,K\}K={1,…,K}. The resource consumption matrix AAA has Akj=1A_{kj}=1Akj​=1 if activity jjj requires processor kkk and 000 otherwise. The constituency indicator Bji=1B_{ji}=1Bji​=1 records that activity jjj processes buffer iii. An input activity processes only Buffer 000; a service activity never processes Buffer 000. Each processor runs input activities only (an input processor) or service activities only (a service processor). Each activity jjj has a mean processing requirement mjm_jmj​, rate μj=1/mj\mu_j=1/m_jμj​=1/mj​, and a routing matrix PjP^jPj.

The input-output matrix is

Rij=μj(Bji−∑i′∈I∪{0}Bji′Pi′ij),i∈I, j∈J.R_{ij}=\mu_j\Big(B_{ji}-\sum_{i'\in\mathcal I\cup\{0\}}B_{ji'}P^j_{i'i}\Big),\qquad i\in\mathcal I,\ j\in\mathcal J.Rij​=μj​(Bji​−i′∈I∪{0}∑​Bji′​Pi′ij​),i∈I, j∈J.

An allocation is a∈R+Ja\in\mathbb R^J_+a∈R+J​ with ∑jAkjaj≤1\sum_j A_{kj}a_j\le1∑j​Akj​aj​≤1 for every processor and ∑jAkjaj=1\sum_j A_{kj}a_j=1∑j​Akj​aj​=1 for every input processor; A\mathcal AA is the set of allocations, E\mathcal EE its set of extreme points, and N⊆A\mathcal N\subseteq\mathcal AN⊆A the allocations with integer coordinates. For a buffer-level vector z∈R+Iz\in\mathbb R^I_+z∈R+I​, the network pressure is p(a,z)=z⋅Rap(a,z)=z\cdot Rap(a,z)=z⋅Ra and the activity pressure is p(j,z)=∑i∈IRijzip(j,z)=\sum_{i\in\mathcal I}R_{ij}z_ip(j,z)=∑i∈I​Rij​zi​, with p(0,z)=0p(0,z)=0p(0,z)=0 for the idle Activity 000.

The network is reversed Leontief if each activity requires exactly one processor. The possible activities of processor kkk are J(k)={j:Akj=1}\mathcal J(k)=\{j:A_{kj}=1\}J(k)={j:Akj​=1} for an input processor and J(k)={0}∪{j:Akj=1}\mathcal J(k)=\{0\}\cup\{j:A_{kj}=1\}J(k)={0}∪{j:Akj​=1} for a service processor. Under an integer allocation aaa, jk(a)j_k(a)jk​(a) is the activity processor kkk works on, or 000 if kkk is idle.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3 (p. 208)

For a reversed Leontief network, z∈R+Iz\in\mathbb R^I_+z∈R+I​ and a∈Ea\in\mathcal Ea∈E,

p(a,z)=max⁡a′∈Ep(a′,z)  ⟺  jk(a)∈arg max⁡j∈J(k)p(j,z)  for all k∈K.p(a,z)=\max_{a'\in\mathcal E}p(a',z)\iff j_k(a)\in\operatorname*{arg\,max}_{j\in\mathcal J(k)}p(j,z)\ \text{ for all }k\in\mathcal K.p(a,z)=a′∈Emax​p(a′,z)⟺jk​(a)∈j∈J(k)argmax​p(j,z)  for all k∈K.

Milestones

  • the pressure identity p(a,z)=∑jaj p(j,z)p(a,z)=\sum_j a_j\,p(j,z)p(a,z)=∑j​aj​p(j,z) (§8, p. 208);
  • N⊆E\mathcal N\subseteq\mathcal EN⊆E (proof of Lemma 1, p. 215);
  • Lemma 1 (p. 207): for a reversed Leontief network, E=N\mathcal E=\mathcal NE=N;
  • for a∈Ea\in\mathcal Ea∈E: jk(a)∈J(k)j_k(a)\in\mathcal J(k)jk​(a)∈J(k) and p(a,z)=∑kp(jk(a),z)p(a,z)=\sum_k p(j_k(a),z)p(a,z)=∑k​p(jk​(a),z) (proof of Lemma 3);
  • the single-processor exchange a~=a−ejk(a)+ej\tilde a=a-e_{j_k(a)}+e_ja~=a−ejk​(a)​+ej​ stays in E\mathcal EE and shifts the pressure by p(j,z)−p(jk(a),z)p(j,z)-p(j_k(a),z)p(j,z)−p(jk​(a),z) (proof of Lemma 3).

A further supporting item, not a milestone, states the decomposition a=∑j∈J(k~)ajbja=\sum_{j\in\mathcal J(\tilde k)}a_j b^ja=∑j∈J(k~)​aj​bj of an allocation along one processor (proof of Lemma 1, p. 215).

Significance

The result. Lemma 1 says that, in a reversed Leontief network, the maximum pressure policies of the processor-splitting theory are automatically non-processor-splitting, so the paper's throughput optimality theorem holds in the setting where machines cannot be shared. Lemma 3 says that the maximization over the (exponentially large) set E\mathcal EE decouples into one small maximization per processor: each processor picks an activity of largest activity pressure among its own options. This separability is what makes the nonpreemptive version of the policy well defined and is the key step towards Theorem 9 (throughput optimality of nonpreemptive maximum pressure policies). It also covers multiclass queueing networks with alternate routes (§9.1), which are reversed Leontief.

Formalizing it. Both lemmas are proved in the paper; to our knowledge neither is machine-checked. The mission produces a reusable Lean model of the allocation polytope of a processing network with input processors, its integer and extreme points, and the activity and network pressures. The integrality of E\mathcal EE is a total-unimodularity-type fact for a block structure that is not available in Mathlib in this form.

Difficulty

The pressure is linear, so maximizing over E\mathcal EE equals maximizing over A\mathcal AA; the substance is the description of E\mathcal EE. The polytope A\mathcal AA is not a box: input processors carry equality constraints and service processors inequality constraints, and in general networks (an activity needing several processors) E\mathcal EE contains fractional points, as the paper's example in §7 shows. The step that fails for general networks is the decomposition of a fractional allocation along a single processor: it needs every activity of that processor to use no other processor. In Lean, extreme points must be handled through Mathlib's Set.extremePoints, and the argmax over J(k)\mathcal J(k)J(k) must keep track of the idle option, which exists for service processors and not for input processors.

Formalization scope

Indices are 0-based: internal buffers Fin I, buffers with Buffer 000 Fin (I+1) (Buffer 000 is 0, internal buffer iii is i.succ), activities Fin J, processors Fin K. The idle Activity 000 is none : Option (Fin J), with activity pressure 000 and unit vector e0=0e_0=0e0​=0. E\mathcal EE is Set.extremePoints ℝ 𝒜. "Maximizes the pressure over E\mathcal EE" is stated by domination (p(a′,z)≤p(a,z)p(a',z)\le p(a,z)p(a′,z)≤p(a,z) for all a′∈Ea'\in\mathcal Ea′∈E), never through a supremum. jk(a)j_k(a)jk​(a) is defined by choice of an activity of kkk at level 111; it is used only for a∈Ea\in\mathcal Ea∈E, where it is unique.

The standing assumptions of §2 are carried as one hypothesis: AAA and BBB are 000–111, constituencies are nonempty, every activity is an input or service activity and needs a processor, processors are input-only or service-only, at least one input activity exists, Pj≥0P^j\ge0Pj≥0 and P00j=0P^j_{00}=0P00j​=0. Two disclosed additions: every input processor has at least one activity (otherwise (2) is infeasible and A=∅\mathcal A=\emptysetA=∅), and mj>0m_j>0mj​>0 (needed for μj=1/mj\mu_j=1/m_jμj​=1/mj​). The goal keeps z≥0z\ge0z≥0 as on the page; two milestones drop it, which strengthens them.

A trivializing formalization would make E\mathcal EE empty or give input processors an idle option; both are excluded: E\mathcal EE is the extreme-point set of the real polytope A\mathcal AA, which is nonempty for a reversed Leontief network under the standing assumptions, and the idle option belongs to J(k)\mathcal J(k)J(k) only for service processors, as in (60).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general lemma that 000–111 points of a subset of the unit cube are extreme, and the separable description of extreme points of products of simplices, which is reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and W. Lin, Maximum pressure policies in stochastic processing networks, Operations Research 53(2):197–218, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0170
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian models of open processing networks: canonical representation of workload, Annals of Applied Probability 10(1):75–103, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1019737665
  • L. Tassiulas and A. Ephremides, Stability properties of constrained queueing systems and scheduling policies for maximum throughput in multihop radio networks, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 37(12):1936–1948, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.182479
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality and Duality Theory for Stochastic Optimization Problems with Nonlinear Dominance Constraints 2: With Finite Scenarios and Slater's Condition, Piecewise-Linear Utilities Are MultipliersResearch Paper

Motivation

Second-order stochastic dominance constraints let a decision maker require that a random outcome of a decision be preferred to a fixed benchmark outcome by every risk-averse expected-utility maximizer, without choosing a utility function in advance. Dentcheva and Ruszczyński introduced optimization under such constraints in Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints (SIAM J. Optim., 2003), for the case where the decision enters the outcome linearly (the pure-dominance case). Their follow-up paper, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints (Math. Program., 2004), allows the decision to affect many random outcomes in a nonlinear, concave way, and derives optimality and duality theory in which the Lagrange multipliers of the dominance constraints are utility functions.

In applications (portfolio selection against a benchmark index is the paper's own example in §6) the probability space is a finite set of scenarios. Section 5 of the paper specialises the theory to that case. This mission formalizes that section: the reduction of the dominance constraints to finitely many inequalities, and the optimality and duality theorems (Theorems 6 and 7) in which the multipliers become piecewise-linear concave utilities.

Setting

There are nnn scenarios ω1,…,ωn\omega_1,\dots,\omega_nω1​,…,ωn​ with probabilities pj≥0p_j \ge 0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_j p_j = 1∑j​pj​=1, and mmm benchmark constraints, indexed by i∈I={1,…,m}i \in I = \{1,\dots,m\}i∈I={1,…,m}; J={1,…,n}J = \{1,\dots,n\}J={1,…,n}. A decision zzz ranges over a convex set Z⊆RNZ \subseteq \mathbb R^NZ⊆RN. For each scenario jjj, hj:RN→Rh_j:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rhj​:RN→R is the objective contribution and gij:RN→Rg_{ij}:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rgij​:RN→R the iiith outcome, all concave. The benchmark YiY_iYi​ has realizations yijy_{ij}yij​. Write (t)+=max⁡(t,0)(t)_+=\max(t,0)(t)+​=max(t,0).

The second-order dominance of a finitely distributed XiX_iXi​ (realizations xijx_{ij}xij​) over YiY_iYi​ on an interval [ai,bi][a_i,b_i][ai​,bi​] reads

∑jpj(η−xij)+≤∑jpj(η−yij)+for all η∈[ai,bi].(36)\sum_{j} p_j(\eta - x_{ij})_+ \le \sum_j p_j(\eta-y_{ij})_+ \quad\text{for all } \eta\in[a_i,b_i]. \tag{36}j∑​pj​(η−xij​)+​≤j∑​pj​(η−yij​)+​for all η∈[ai​,bi​].(36)

The split-variable problem (38)–(41) is

max⁡∑j=1npjhj(z)s.t.∑jpj(yik−xij)+≤∑jpj(yik−yij)+,xik≤gik(z),z∈Z,\max \sum_{j=1}^n p_j h_j(z)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \sum_{j} p_j(y_{ik}-x_{ij})_+ \le \sum_j p_j(y_{ik}-y_{ij})_+,\quad x_{ik}\le g_{ik}(z),\quad z\in Z,maxj=1∑n​pj​hj​(z)s.t.j∑​pj​(yik​−xij​)+​≤j∑​pj​(yik​−yij​)+​,xik​≤gik​(z),z∈Z,

for all i∈Ii\in Ii∈I, k∈Jk\in Jk∈J, over zzz and X=(xij)∈RmnX=(x_{ij})\in\mathbb R^{mn}X=(xij​)∈Rmn. The Slater condition asks for z~∈relint⁡Z\tilde z \in \operatorname{relint} Zz~∈relintZ and X~\tilde XX~ satisfying the dominance constraints (39) with x~ik<gik(z~)\tilde x_{ik} < g_{ik}(\tilde z)x~ik​<gik​(z~) for all i,ki,ki,k.

The utility set ViV_iVi​ consists of the functions u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R that are concave, nondecreasing, piecewise linear with break points only at the yiky_{ik}yik​, and zero on [max⁡kyik,∞)[\max_k y_{ik},\infty)[maxk​yik​,∞). With θij≥0\theta_{ij}\ge 0θij​≥0 multipliers for the splitting constraints xij≤gij(z)x_{ij}\le g_{ij}(z)xij​≤gij​(z), the Lagrangian is

L(z,X,u,θ)=∑j=1npj[hj(z)+∑i=1mθijgij(z)]+∑i=1m∑j=1npj[ui(xij)−ui(yij)−θijxij].(42)L(z,X,u,\theta) = \sum_{j=1}^n p_j\Big[h_j(z)+\sum_{i=1}^m\theta_{ij}g_{ij}(z)\Big]+\sum_{i=1}^m\sum_{j=1}^n p_j\big[u_i(x_{ij})-u_i(y_{ij})-\theta_{ij}x_{ij}\big]. \tag{42}L(z,X,u,θ)=j=1∑n​pj​[hj​(z)+i=1∑m​θij​gij​(z)]+i=1∑m​j=1∑n​pj​[ui​(xij​)−ui​(yij​)−θij​xij​].(42)

Multipliers μik\mu_{ik}μik​ of the inequalities (39) generate the utility ui(t)=−∑kμik(yik−t)+u_i(t)=-\sum_k\mu_{ik}(y_{ik}-t)_+ui​(t)=−∑k​μik​(yik​−t)+​ (46). The dual functional is D(u,θ)=sup⁡z∈Z, XL(z,X,u,θ)D(u,\theta)=\sup_{z\in Z,\,X}L(z,X,u,\theta)D(u,θ)=supz∈Z,X​L(z,X,u,θ) (47).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

Under the Slater condition, (z^,X^)(\hat z,\hat X)(z^,X^) optimal for (38)–(41) implies that there are u^i∈Vi\hat u_i\in V_iu^i​∈Vi​ and θ^≥0\hat\theta\ge 0θ^≥0 with

L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=max⁡(z,X)∈Z×RmnL(z,X,u^,θ^),∑jpj[u^i(x^ij)−u^i(yij)]=0,θ^ij(x^ij−gij(z^))=0;L(\hat z,\hat X,\hat u,\hat\theta)=\max_{(z,X)\in Z\times\mathbb R^{mn}}L(z,X,\hat u,\hat\theta),\qquad \sum_j p_j[\hat u_i(\hat x_{ij})-\hat u_i(y_{ij})]=0,\qquad \hat\theta_{ij}(\hat x_{ij}-g_{ij}(\hat z))=0;L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=(z,X)∈Z×Rmnmax​L(z,X,u^,θ^),j∑​pj​[u^i​(x^ij​)−u^i​(yij​)]=0,θ^ij​(x^ij​−gij​(z^))=0;

conversely, these conditions together with feasibility imply optimality.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2 (p. 15): if ai≤yij≤bia_i\le y_{ij}\le b_iai​≤yij​≤bi​, then (36) is equivalent to the mnmnmn inequalities (37) at the realizations η=yik\eta=y_{ik}η=yik​, and also to (36) on the whole line.
  2. Eq. (46) (p. 17): for any μ\muμ, the standard Lagrangian Λ(z,X,μ,θ)\Lambda(z,X,\mu,\theta)Λ(z,X,μ,θ) equals L(z,X,u,θ)L(z,X,u,\theta)L(z,X,u,θ) with uuu given by (46).
  3. p. 18: for μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0, the utility (46) lies in ViV_iVi​.
  4. pp. 16–17: under Slater, an optimal solution admits Kuhn–Tucker multipliers μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 for (38)–(41) with complementarity.
  5. p. 18: every v∈Viv\in V_iv∈Vi​ is of the form (46) with μi≥0\mu_i\ge0μi​≥0.
  6. Theorem 7 (p. 18), after the goal: the dual problem min⁡{D(u,θ):u∈V1×⋯×Vm, θ≥0}\min\{D(u,\theta): u\in V_1\times\dots\times V_m,\ \theta\ge0\}min{D(u,θ):u∈V1​×⋯×Vm​, θ≥0} has a solution and no duality gap.

Significance

Theorem 6 says that, for finitely many scenarios, the infinite-dimensional multiplier of the general theory (a concave utility in a cone of functions, Theorem 2 of the paper) can always be taken piecewise linear with kinks exactly at the benchmark's realizations. The multiplier space becomes finite-dimensional, ViV_iVi​ is a polyhedral cone, and the dual problem of Theorem 7 is a finite-dimensional convex program. The paper's decomposition (49)–(51) of the dual functional and its numerical method in §6 rest on this. Lemma 2 is the standard reduction that makes dominance against a finitely distributed benchmark a finite set of polyhedral constraints, used throughout the later literature on dominance-constrained portfolio optimization.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the finite-scenario theory, a Lean model of the utility set ViV_iVi​ and of the correspondence between nonnegative multipliers and piecewise-linear utilities, and a Kuhn–Tucker theorem for concave programs with polyhedral constraints and a relative-interior Slater point.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 6 is to invoke a Kuhn–Tucker theorem. The available formal versions require every inequality constraint to hold strictly at the Slater point and range over all of RN\mathbb R^NRN. Neither fits: the dominance constraint at the smallest realization yi,[1]y_{i,[1]}yi,[1]​ has right-hand side 000 and a nonnegative left-hand side, so it can never hold strictly, and ZZZ may be lower-dimensional (a simplex), so only its relative interior is available. The polyhedral structure of (39) must be used, as in Rockafellar's Theorem 28.2. The second obstacle is the converse direction of the multiplier–utility correspondence: a utility in ViV_iVi​ must be written as a nonnegative combination of the kinks (yik−t)+(y_{ik}-t)_+(yik​−t)+​, which requires handling repeated realizations and the one-sided slopes at each break point.

Formalization scope

  • RN\mathbb R^NRN is Fin N → ℝ; XXX, θ\thetaθ, μ\muμ are Fin m → Fin n → ℝ; expectations are finite sums and positive parts are max t 0. No measure theory is used.
  • Probabilities satisfy pj≥0p_j\ge0pj​≥0, ∑jpj=1\sum_jp_j=1∑j​pj​=1; pj=0p_j=0pj​=0 is allowed, as on the page.
  • Standing assumptions of p. 2 are explicit hypotheses: ZZZ convex and hjh_jhj​, gijg_{ij}gij​ concave on RN\mathbb R^NRN. Continuity is not stated, since finite concave functions on RN\mathbb R^NRN are continuous.
  • The relative interior is intrinsicInterior ℝ Z, not the topological interior. In the Slater condition only the splitting constraints are strict; the dominance constraints hold non-strictly.
  • ViV_iVi​ is defined by concavity, monotonicity, affinity on every interval whose interior contains no yiky_{ik}yik​, and u=0u=0u=0 on [max⁡kyik,∞)[\max_ky_{ik},\infty)[maxk​yik​,∞). This last clause is the page's u(yi,[n])=0u(y_{i,[n]})=0u(yi,[n]​)=0 combined with Vi⊂U1([ai,bi])V_i\subset\mathcal U_1([a_i,b_i])Vi​⊂U1​([ai​,bi​]). No positive slope is required, because the printed "c>0c>0c>0" in U1\mathcal U_1U1​ is a misprint for c≥0c\ge0c≥0.
  • "max" in (43) is an attained maximum over all of Z×RmnZ\times\mathbb R^{mn}Z×Rmn, with no constraints on XXX. The dual functional (47) is an EReal supremum.
  • Theorem 6 keeps the Slater condition as a hypothesis of the whole statement, as printed, although its converse part does not use it.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out. ViV_iVi​ is not defined as the set of functions of the form (46), which would make milestones 3 and 5 true by definition. Slater does not require strict dominance constraints, which would make it unsatisfiable. A sorry-free check confirms that the goal's hypotheses hold on an instance (n=2n=2n=2, Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1]Z=[0,1]).
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the Kuhn–Tucker theorem with polyhedral constraints and relative-interior Slater point (milestone 4), and Lemma 2. Proofs of any item, and alternative proofs of the goal that avoid milestone 4, are welcome.
  • The pure-dominance case is the earlier paper of Dentcheva–Ruszczyński (2003). The function F2F_2F2​ and its expected-shortfall form are due to Ogryczak–Ruszczyński. The general Lagrange duality on the platform (ConvexOptimization.slater_strong_duality, Boyd–Vandenberghe §5.3.2) assumes a strict Slater point for every constraint and no set constraint, so it does not cover milestone 4.

Selected references

  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints, Math. Program., 2004 (cited here from the authors' revised manuscript, April 2003). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0453-z
  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 14 (2003) 548–566. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623402420528
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean-risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 60–78. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970, §28. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximum Pressure Policies in Stochastic Processing Networks I: Under the EAA Assumption, Maximum Pressure Is Pathwise Stable Whenever the Static Planning LP Has a Feasible Solution with ρ ≤ 1Research Paper

Why throughput matters

A processing network must decide which activities receive scarce processor capacity while jobs move among buffers. Such decisions matter in manufacturing, service systems, and switches: one activity can consume several processors at once, and a job can be routed to another buffer after processing. A policy that sees current buffer levels but does not need to know arrival or routing rates is easier to operate when those rates are difficult to estimate. Dai and Lin's 2005 paper studies whether a maximum pressure policy, which uses the buffer vector and an input-output matrix, can stabilize every network that is stabilizable in their model. Their Theorems 1 and 2 give, respectively, a necessary planning condition for any stabilizing policy and a sufficient condition for maximum pressure under the extreme-allocation-available assumption. Dai and Lin (2005)

Here pathwise stability means that each internal buffer grows sublinearly in time almost surely. This is a rate statement about sample paths. It does not assert positive recurrence of a Markov chain, nor does it require a stationary distribution. The paper allows general primitive processing and routing processes with almost-sure long-run averages. Dai and Lin (2005), §§2–4

Network and allocations

There are III internal buffers, JJJ activities, and KKK processors. Buffer 000 represents the outside world. The K×JK\times JK×J matrix AAA records resource use: Akj=1A_{kj}=1Akj​=1 when activity jjj requires processor kkk. The J×(I+1)J\times(I+1)J×(I+1) matrix BBB records which buffers an activity processes. An input activity processes Buffer 000; a service activity does not. Input processors serve only input activities and must be fully used, while all processors have at most unit capacity.

For activity jjj, the processing requirements have mean mjm_jmj​ and the routing counts have long-run matrix PjP^jPj. Write μj=1/mj\mu_j=1/m_jμj​=1/mj​. The input-output matrix is

Rij=μj(Bji−∑i′=0IBji′Pi′ij),i=1,…,I.R_{ij}=\mu_j\left(B_{ji}-\sum_{i'=0}^{I}B_{ji'}P^j_{i'i}\right),\qquad i=1,\ldots,I.Rij​=μj​(Bji​−i′=0∑I​Bji′​Pi′ij​),i=1,…,I.

Positive RijR_{ij}Rij​ means activity jjj consumes net material from internal buffer iii; negative means it produces net material there. An allocation a∈Aa\in\mathcal Aa∈A assigns nonnegative activity levels subject to the processor capacity bounds and the equality for every input processor. The finite set E\mathcal EE consists of the extreme points of this allocation set. At buffer vector zzz, allocation aaa has network pressure p(a,z)=z⋅Rap(a,z)=z\cdot Rap(a,z)=z⋅Ra. The maximum pressure rule chooses an allocation of greatest pressure among the currently feasible members of E\mathcal EE. Feasibility depends on jobs actually available to each constituent buffer. Dai and Lin (2005), §§2–3

The extreme-allocation-available assumption (EAA) says that for every nonnegative zzz, a pressure maximizer in E\mathcal EE can be chosen whose constituent buffers all have positive levels. It links the static pressure maximization to the jobs that a policy can process. The static planning LP asks for activity fractions x≥0x\ge0x≥0 and a service-processor load ρ\rhoρ such that Rx=0Rx=0Rx=0, every input processor has load one, and every service processor has load at most ρ\rhoρ. Dai and Lin (2005), p. 202

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 2. For a network satisfying EAA and run by a preemptive, processor-splitting maximum pressure policy, LP feasibility with ρ≤1\rho\le1ρ≤1 implies

P ⁣(∀i∈{1,…,I}, lim⁡t→∞Zi(t)t=0)=1.\mathbb P\!\left(\forall i\in\{1,\ldots,I\},\ \lim_{t\to\infty}\frac{Z_i(t)}{t}=0\right)=1.P(∀i∈{1,…,I}, t→∞lim​tZi​(t)​=0)=1.

The milestones follow the paper's route from stochastic paths to deterministic fluid limits. A fluid limit is a uniform-on-compact limit of (Z(rt),T(rt))/r(Z(rt),T(rt))/r(Z(rt),T(rt))/r along positive scales r→∞r\to\inftyr→∞. The milestones state that fluid limits satisfy (14)–(18), weak stability of the corresponding fluid model transfers to pathwise stability (Theorem 3), maximum pressure adds (52)–(55) and (20) (Lemmas 5 and 4), quadratic fluid energy obeys (22)–(23), and LP feasibility with EAA makes the maximum-pressure fluid model weakly stable (Theorem 4). Dai and Lin (2005), pp. 203, 213–214

What the result gives

Theorem 2 identifies a policy whose almost-sure buffer growth rate vanishes whenever the planning LP permits load at most one and EAA holds. Together with the paper's necessary condition in Theorem 1, it characterizes the feasibility boundary for this policy class under EAA. Its scope includes networks in which an activity uses multiple processors and processes multiple buffers simultaneously. It does not claim that all such networks satisfy EAA. Dai and Lin (2005), Theorems 1–2

The result is proved in the 2005 article. This mission asks for a machine-checked proof of that known theorem and its selected intermediate claims. The Lean statements are open draft targets. Reusable outcomes include a model of cumulative routing and service counts, a uniform-on-compact fluid-limit interface, and the weak-fluid-stability transfer theorem for networks without a Markov assumption.

Why the proof is difficult

Maximizing pressure over the static allocation polytope does not by itself describe an executable service policy. An allocation can demand work from an empty buffer. EAA addresses the existence of a maximizing allocation supported by positive buffer levels, but the stochastic policy acts on actual jobs and completion times. The proof must connect those discrete, pathwise decisions to the limiting differential equation (20). At a regular fluid time, the maximum-pressure equation is decisive; away from regular times, derivatives need not exist. The fluid model therefore carries a time qualifier that cannot simply be dropped. Dai and Lin (2005), pp. 201–203, 214

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses finite index types for buffers, activities, and processors. Internal buffers are Fin I; Buffer 0 is the zero index of Fin (I+1), and an internal buffer maps to its successor index. Activity and processor labels use zero-based Fin. Time is real but all network equations are asserted for nonnegative time. The shared Bell–Williams Paths definition supplies the renewal count in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞} and uniform-on-compact distance using the ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 norm. The completion count is required finite wherever the network equations convert it to a natural number; this prevents infinity from becoming a zero count. Bell and Williams (2001)

The network standing assumptions record binary incidence matrices, nonempty constituencies, processor coverage, activity types, and an input activity. Two refinements are explicit: each input processor has an activity, so its mandatory unit allocation is feasible, and mj>0m_j>0mj​>0, so μj=1/mj\mu_j=1/m_jμj​=1/mj​ is defined as the intended positive rate. Routing counts are cumulative and nonnegative. Their row sums are constrained only for buffers an activity processes: the printed sentence requiring the same sum for every buffer conflicts with its immediately preceding statement that the count vanishes when the activity does not process that buffer. The corresponding rows of PjP^jPj sum to one for processed buffers and vanish for unprocessed buffers, as follows from (4). Dai and Lin (2005), pp. 199–200

The policy predicate records allocation-time decomposition (49)–(51) and the non-employment consequence of Definition 1 used in (56)–(58). It checks feasibility of a competing extreme allocation through the paper's threshold JJJ at every time of the interval. Individual job states and tie breaking are outside the pathwise interface. The goal retains EAA, the exact ρ≤1\rho\le1ρ≤1 bound, and all network and policy equations, so an empty allocation set or an unconstrained service path cannot make the target automatic. Contributions formalizing the finite extreme-point set, fluid-limit compactness, Lemmas 4–5, and the weak-stability transfer are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and W. Lin, Maximum pressure policies in stochastic processing networks, Operations Research 53(2):197–218, 2005. DOI.
  • S. L. Bell and R. J. Williams, Dynamic scheduling of a system with two parallel servers in heavy traffic with resource pooling: asymptotic optimality of a threshold policy, Annals of Applied Probability 11(3):608–649, 2001. DOI.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximum Pressure Policies in Stochastic Processing Networks III: Strict Leontief Networks Satisfy the Extreme-Allocation-Available (EAA) AssumptionResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic processing network (Harrison 2000) models a system in which processors carry out activities and each activity draws jobs from one or more buffers. Manufacturing lines, call centers with cross-trained agents, and data switches all fit this model. A central question is which scheduling policies are throughput optimal, meaning they stabilize the network whenever any policy can.

Dai and Lin (Oper. Res. 53(2), 2005) show that maximum pressure policies are throughput optimal. These policies generalize the back-pressure rule of Tassiulas and Ephremides (1992) for wireless and switch networks, and at each moment they choose the allocation that maximizes a linear "network pressure". Their main theorem (Theorem 2) has one structural hypothesis, the extreme-allocation-available (EAA) assumption (Assumption 1). It holds for many familiar networks and fails for some (§6.2 gives a counterexample). Theorem 6 identifies a broad class where it always holds: strict Leontief networks, in the sense of Bramson and Williams (2003). This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

A network has internal buffers I={1,…,I}\mathcal I=\{1,\dots,I\}I={1,…,I}, an outside Buffer 000, activities J={1,…,J}\mathcal J=\{1,\dots,J\}J={1,…,J} and processors K={1,…,K}\mathcal K=\{1,\dots,K\}K={1,…,K}.

  • Akj=1A_{kj}=1Akj​=1 if activity jjj needs processor kkk, and 000 otherwise.
  • Bji=1B_{ji}=1Bji​=1 if activity jjj processes buffer i∈I∪{0}i\in\mathcal I\cup\{0\}i∈I∪{0}, and 000 otherwise. The set Bj={i:Bji=1}\mathcal B_j=\{i:B_{ji}=1\}Bj​={i:Bji​=1} is the constituency of jjj.
  • An input activity has Bj={0}\mathcal B_j=\{0\}Bj​={0}; a service activity has 0∉Bj0\notin\mathcal B_j0∈/Bj​. Every activity is one of the two.
  • Each processor serves input activities only (an input processor) or service activities only.
  • Activity jjj has processing rate μj=1/mj\mu_j=1/m_jμj​=1/mj​ and a nonnegative routing matrix PjP^jPj.

The input-output matrix is

Rij=μj(Bji−∑i′∈I∪{0}Bji′Pi′ij),i∈I, j∈J.R_{ij}=\mu_j\Big(B_{ji}-\sum_{i'\in\mathcal I\cup\{0\}}B_{ji'}P^j_{i'i}\Big),\qquad i\in\mathcal I,\ j\in\mathcal J.Rij​=μj​(Bji​−i′∈I∪{0}∑​Bji′​Pi′ij​),i∈I, j∈J.

An allocation a∈R+Ja\in\mathbb R^J_+a∈R+J​ gives the level at which each activity runs. The allocation set A\mathcal AA consists of the allocations with ∑jAkjaj≤1\sum_jA_{kj}a_j\le1∑j​Akj​aj​≤1 for every processor and ∑jAkjaj=1\sum_jA_{kj}a_j=1∑j​Akj​aj​=1 for every input processor. Write E\mathcal EE for the set of its extreme points, the extreme allocations. For a buffer-level vector z∈R+Iz\in\mathbb R^I_+z∈R+I​ the network pressure is p(a,z)=z⋅Rap(a,z)=z\cdot Rap(a,z)=z⋅Ra. Buffer iii is a constituent buffer of aaa if ∑jajBji>0\sum_ja_jB_{ji}>0∑j​aj​Bji​>0.

Assumption 1 (EAA). For every z∈R+Iz\in\mathbb R^I_+z∈R+I​ there is a∗∈Ea^*\in\mathcal Ea∗∈E with p(a∗,z)=max⁡a∈Ep(a,z)p(a^*,z)=\max_{a\in\mathcal E}p(a,z)p(a∗,z)=maxa∈E​p(a,z) such that zi>0z_i>0zi​>0 for every constituent buffer iii of a∗a^*a∗.

A network is strict Leontief if every service activity has exactly one buffer in its constituency, denoted i(j)i(j)i(j).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 204)

strict Leontief ⟹ ∀z∈R+I ∃a∗∈E: p(a∗,z)=max⁡a∈Ep(a,z)  and  zi>0 for every constituent buffer i of a∗.\text{strict Leontief}\ \Longrightarrow\ \forall z\in\mathbb R^I_+\ \exists a^*\in\mathcal E:\ p(a^*,z)=\max_{a\in\mathcal E}p(a,z)\ \text{ and }\ z_i>0\ \text{for every constituent buffer } i \text{ of } a^*.strict Leontief ⟹ ∀z∈R+I​ ∃a∗∈E: p(a∗,z)=a∈Emax​p(a,z)  and  zi​>0 for every constituent buffer i of a∗.

Milestones

  1. (§3, p. 201) For every z∈R+Iz\in\mathbb R^I_+z∈R+I​, max⁡a∈Ap(a,z)\max_{a\in\mathcal A}p(a,z)maxa∈A​p(a,z) is attained at an extreme allocation.
  2. (p. 204) Bji=0B_{ji}=0Bji​=0 and Rij≤0R_{ij}\le0Rij​≤0 whenever i∈Ii\in\mathcal Ii∈I, i≠i(j)i\ne i(j)i=i(j).
  3. (p. 204) Let J0\mathcal J_0J0​ be the set of service activities jjj with zi(j)=0z_{i(j)}=0zi(j)​=0. Setting the coordinates of a^∈A\hat a\in\mathcal Aa^∈A in J0\mathcal J_0J0​ to zero gives a~∈A\tilde a\in\mathcal Aa~∈A with z′Ra~≥z′Ra^z'R\tilde a\ge z'R\hat az′Ra~≥z′Ra^.
  4. (p. 204) It suffices to find a∗∈arg⁡max⁡a∈Ez′Raa^*\in\arg\max_{a\in\mathcal E}z'Raa∗∈argmaxa∈E​z′Ra with aj∗=0a^*_j=0aj∗​=0 on J0\mathcal J_0J0​.
  5. (p. 204) If a~∈A\tilde a\in\mathcal Aa~∈A maximizes z′Raz'Raz′Ra over A\mathcal AA and vanishes on J0\mathcal J_0J0​, some extreme allocation does both.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 of the paper states that, under EAA, a maximum pressure policy is pathwise stable whenever the static planning problem has a feasible solution with ρ≤1\rho\le1ρ≤1. Theorem 6 removes the EAA hypothesis for strict Leontief networks. In that class maximum pressure is therefore throughput optimal with no further structural condition. The class includes multiclass queueing networks with alternate routes and networks of input-queued data switches (§9), so Theorem 6 is the step that turns the abstract main theorem into a statement about these concrete systems.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper and, to our knowledge, has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it fixes the exact standing assumptions of the model, several of which the paper uses without stating (see below). It also yields a reusable Lean vocabulary for stochastic processing networks with input activities: RRR from (5), the allocation polytope with the input-processor equality (2), extreme allocations, network pressure and EAA. The companion missions of this series on maximum pressure policies build on the same vocabulary.

Difficulty

The naive argument stops at "take a maximizing extreme allocation". A maximizer a^\hat aa^ may run a service activity whose buffer is empty, in which case EAA fails at a^\hat aa^. Removing such activities gives a~\tilde aa~, which has the right support and pressure but is in general not extreme. The pressure inequality depends on the sign pattern of RRR, which holds only because every service activity has a single buffer. In the network of §6.2 this sign pattern fails and so does EAA. Returning from a~\tilde aa~ to an extreme allocation without losing the support property needs a convex-geometry argument about the polytope A\mathcal AA. In Lean this means relating Set.extremePoints of a compact polyhedron to maximizers of a linear functional and to supports.

Formalization scope

  • Indexing. Internal buffers are Fin I. Buffers including Buffer 0 are Fin (I+1), with Buffer 000 as 0 and internal buffer iii as i.succ. Activities and processors are 0-based.

  • Standing assumptions (§2), one predicate Network.Standing.

    • AAA and BBB are 000–111 matrices.
    • Every constituency is nonempty, and every activity is an input or a service activity.
    • Every activity needs a processor.
    • Each processor serves input activities only or service activities only.
    • There is an input activity.
    • Pj≥0P^j\ge0Pj≥0 and P00j=0P^j_{00}=0P00j​=0.
  • Disclosed additions to the page.

    1. Every input processor has an activity. "The input processors are never idle" presupposes it.
    2. mj>0m_j>0mj​>0. The page writes "nonnegative" but sets μj=1/mj\mu_j=1/m_jμj​=1/mj​.
    3. A≠∅\mathcal A\neq\emptysetA=∅, an explicit hypothesis of the goal and of milestone 1. The paper presupposes it by listing E={a1,…,aE}\mathcal E=\{a^1,\dots,a^E\}E={a1,…,aE}. It does not follow from the standing assumptions: two input activities needing input processors {1,2}\{1,2\}{1,2} and {2,3}\{2,3\}{2,3} make (2) infeasible, so E=∅\mathcal E=\emptysetE=∅ and EAA fails in a network that is vacuously strict Leontief. A verification file checks this example in Lean.
  • Conventions.

    • E\mathcal EE is Mathlib's Set.extremePoints ℝ 𝒜.
    • Every "max" and "argmax" is in domination form (p(a′,z)≤p(a∗,z)p(a',z)\le p(a^*,z)p(a′,z)≤p(a∗,z) for all a′a'a′), never sSup. Without attainment the statement would be vacuous.
    • Constituent buffers are internal buffers only. Buffer 000 has no level.
    • i(j)i(j)i(j) is written relationally.
    • Row sums of PjP^jPj are not imposed.
  • Trivializing formalizations ruled out. EAA must not be weakened to a supremum over a possibly empty E\mathcal EE, and Buffer 000 must not be counted as a constituent buffer. Either change would make the goal trivially true or impossible.

  • Infrastructure. Solvers need two results:

    • attainment of a linear maximum on extreme points of a compact convex polyhedron, via IsCompact.extremePoints_nonempty and Krein–Milman;
    • the fact that every extreme point in a convex decomposition of a maximizer with positive weight is a maximizer.

    Both are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions proving them as general Mathlib-style lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and W. Lin, Maximum pressure policies in stochastic processing networks, Operations Research 53(2):197–218, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0170
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian models of open processing networks: canonical representation of workload, Annals of Applied Probability 10(1):75–103, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1019737665
  • M. Bramson and R. J. Williams, Two workload properties for Brownian networks, Queueing Systems 45(3):191–221, 2003. (no link verified; see the reference list of Dai & Lin 2005)
  • L. Tassiulas and A. Ephremides, Stability properties of constrained queueing systems and scheduling policies for maximum throughput in multihop radio networks, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 37(12):1936–1948, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.182479
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximum Pressure Policies in Stochastic Processing Networks II: Under Assumptions 1 and 2, the Maximum Pressure Fluid Model Empties in Finite Time When the Static Planning LP Has ρ < 1Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic processing networks (Harrison 2000) model manufacturing lines, data switches, call centers and multiclass queueing networks in one framework: jobs wait in buffers, activities process jobs from one or several buffers at once, each activity may need several processors simultaneously, and routing after service may depend on the activity used. A central control question is which dynamic policy keeps such a network stable whenever any policy can.

Dai and Lin (Oper. Res. 53(2), 2005) answer it with maximum pressure policies, a generalization of the back-pressure policy of Tassiulas and Ephremides (1992) for wireless networks. At each decision time the policy picks an extreme allocation maximizing a linear "network pressure" in the current buffer levels; it needs no arrival-rate information. Their main result (Theorem 2) is pathwise stability whenever Harrison's static planning LP has a feasible solution with ρ≤1\rho\le1ρ≤1. The proof goes through the fluid model: a deterministic, continuous analogue of the network whose stability implies stability of the stochastic system.

This mission formalizes Theorem 5 of the paper, the strong form of the fluid-level result: under a strict load condition ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 and a mild structural assumption, every solution of the maximum pressure fluid model empties in finite time, uniformly over bounded initial states. Fluid stability in this sense (Definition 4) is the property that the standard fluid-limit machinery (Dai 1995) turns into positive Harris recurrence of the stochastic network.

Setting

The network has buffers 0,1,…,I0,1,\dots,I0,1,…,I, where Buffer 000 is the outside world and I={1,…,I}\mathcal I=\{1,\dots,I\}I={1,…,I} are the internal buffers, activities J={1,…,J}\mathcal J=\{1,\dots,J\}J={1,…,J} and processors K={1,…,K}\mathcal K=\{1,\dots,K\}K={1,…,K}.

  • Akj∈{0,1}A_{kj}\in\{0,1\}Akj​∈{0,1} records whether activity jjj needs processor kkk, and Bji∈{0,1}B_{ji}\in\{0,1\}Bji​∈{0,1} whether activity jjj processes buffer iii.
  • An input activity processes only Buffer 000; a service activity never processes Buffer 000. Every activity is one or the other. Every processor serves only input activities (an input processor) or only service activities (a service processor).
  • mj>0m_j>0mj​>0 is the mean processing requirement of activity jjj, μj=1/mj\mu_j=1/m_jμj​=1/mj​, and PjP^jPj is its routing matrix.

The input-output matrix is Rij=μj(Bji−∑i′∈I∪{0}Bji′Pi′ij)R_{ij}=\mu_j\big(B_{ji}-\sum_{i'\in\mathcal I\cup\{0\}}B_{ji'}P^j_{i'i}\big)Rij​=μj​(Bji​−∑i′∈I∪{0}​Bji′​Pi′ij​). An allocation is a∈R+Ja\in\mathbb R^J_+a∈R+J​ with ∑jAkjaj≤1\sum_jA_{kj}a_j\le1∑j​Akj​aj​≤1 for every processor and =1=1=1 for every input processor; A\mathcal AA is the set of allocations and E\mathcal EE the set of its extreme points. The network pressure of aaa at buffer level z∈R+Iz\in\mathbb R^I_+z∈R+I​ is p(a,z)=z⋅Rap(a,z)=z\cdot Rap(a,z)=z⋅Ra.

The static planning LP asks for x≥0x\ge0x≥0 and ρ\rhoρ with Rx=0Rx=0Rx=0, ∑jAkjxj≤ρ\sum_jA_{kj}x_j\le\rho∑j​Akj​xj​≤ρ for service processors and =1=1=1 for input processors. Assumption 1 (extreme-allocation-available, EAA) says that for every z∈R+Iz\in\mathbb R^I_+z∈R+I​ some maximizer of p(⋅,z)p(\cdot,z)p(⋅,z) over E\mathcal EE has zi>0z_i>0zi​>0 on all its constituent buffers. Assumption 2 says there is x≥0x\ge0x≥0 with Rx>0Rx>0Rx>0 componentwise.

A fluid model solution is a pair of paths (Zˉ,Tˉ)(\bar Z,\bar T)(Zˉ,Tˉ), buffer levels Zˉ(t)∈RI\bar Z(t)\in\mathbb R^IZˉ(t)∈RI and cumulative activity times Tˉ(t)∈RJ\bar T(t)\in\mathbb R^JTˉ(t)∈RJ, satisfying (14)–(18): Zˉ(t)=Zˉ(0)−RTˉ(t)\bar Z(t)=\bar Z(0)-R\bar T(t)Zˉ(t)=Zˉ(0)−RTˉ(t) (written out over buffers), Zˉ≥0\bar Z\ge0Zˉ≥0, input processors always busy, every processor's busy time at most elapsed time, and Tˉ\bar TTˉ nondecreasing with Tˉ(0)=0\bar T(0)=0Tˉ(0)=0. A time t>0t>0t>0 is regular if both paths are differentiable there. Under a maximum pressure policy the solution also satisfies (20): at each regular ttt,

RTˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t)=max⁡a∈ERa⋅Zˉ(t).R\dot{\bar T}(t)\cdot\bar Z(t)=\max_{a\in\mathcal E}Ra\cdot\bar Z(t).RTˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t)=a∈Emax​Ra⋅Zˉ(t).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

Assumptions 1, 2 and an LP solution with ρ<1 ⟹ ∃ δ>0: ∣Zˉ(0)∣≤1⇒Zˉ(t)=0  ∀t≥δ,\text{Assumptions 1, 2 and an LP solution with } \rho<1\ \Longrightarrow\ \exists\,\delta>0:\ |\bar Z(0)|\le1\Rightarrow \bar Z(t)=0\ \ \forall t\ge\delta,Assumptions 1, 2 and an LP solution with ρ<1 ⟹ ∃δ>0: ∣Zˉ(0)∣≤1⇒Zˉ(t)=0  ∀t≥δ,

for every solution of (14)–(18) and (20). The constant δ\deltaδ depends on the network only.

Milestones

  1. For an input activity jjj, Rij=−μjBj0P0ij≤0R_{ij}=-\mu_jB_{j0}P^j_{0i}\le0Rij​=−μj​Bj0​P0ij​≤0.
  2. Assumption 2 yields x^≥0\hat x\ge0x^≥0 with Rx^>0R\hat x>0Rx^>0 that vanishes on input activities and loads no input processor.
  3. After scaling x^\hat xx^, the vector x∗=x~+x^x^*=\tilde x+\hat xx∗=x~+x^ is an allocation and Rx∗≥δeRx^*\ge\delta eRx∗≥δe for some δ>0\delta>0δ>0.
  4. The maximum of p(⋅,z)p(\cdot,z)p(⋅,z) over A\mathcal AA is attained on E\mathcal EE (p. 201).
  5. The identities (22)–(23): f˙(t)=2Zˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t)=−2RTˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t)\dot f(t)=2\dot{\bar Z}(t)\cdot\bar Z(t)=-2R\dot{\bar T}(t)\cdot\bar Z(t)f˙​(t)=2Zˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t)=−2RTˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t) for f=∑iZˉi2f=\sum_i\bar Z_i^2f=∑i​Zˉi2​.
  6. RTˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t)≥Rx∗⋅Zˉ(t)≥δ∑iZˉi(t)≥δ∥Zˉ(t)∥R\dot{\bar T}(t)\cdot\bar Z(t)\ge Rx^*\cdot\bar Z(t)\ge\delta\sum_i\bar Z_i(t)\ge\delta\|\bar Z(t)\|RTˉ˙(t)⋅Zˉ(t)≥Rx∗⋅Zˉ(t)≥δ∑i​Zˉi​(t)≥δ∥Zˉ(t)∥.
  7. f˙(t)≤−2δf(t)\dot f(t)\le-2\delta\sqrt{f(t)}f˙​(t)≤−2δf(t)​ at regular times.
  8. The explicit emptying time: Zˉ(t)=0\bar Z(t)=0Zˉ(t)=0 for t≥∥Zˉ(0)∥/δt\ge\|\bar Z(0)\|/\deltat≥∥Zˉ(0)∥/δ.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 of the paper gives only weak stability (a fluid model started empty stays empty) under ρ≤1\rho\le1ρ≤1, which suffices for pathwise stability. Theorem 5 gives a uniform emptying time under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, the hypothesis that standard arguments (Dai 1995; Dai and Meyn 1995) need to conclude positive Harris recurrence and moment bounds for the stochastic network. The emptying-time bound is explicit and linear in the initial fluid level.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. The closest formalized result on Prove2Me is ProcessingNetworks.BackPressure.bp_maximal_stability (Dai and Harrison's book, Theorem 9.12), which uses the same Lyapunov idea in a different model: exogenous arrival rates, the planning problem Rx=λRx=\lambdaRx=λ, no input activities and no Buffer 0. The present mission formalizes the Dai–Lin model with input processors, where the planning LP has Rx=0Rx=0Rx=0 and the equality constraints (2). The definitions file (network, A\mathcal AA, E\mathcal EE, pressure, fluid model, (20)) is shared in content with the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

Each algebraic step is short; the work is in the analysis. The obvious route reads f˙≤−2δf\dot f\le-2\delta\sqrt ff˙​≤−2δf​ as an ordinary differential inequality and integrates it. That requires the inequality almost everywhere, but it is only available at regular points. So one needs: Lipschitz continuity of Tˉ\bar TTˉ and Zˉ\bar ZZˉ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) from (16)–(18), almost-everywhere differentiability (Rademacher), and a comparison argument for an absolutely continuous function, f=∥Zˉ∥\sqrt f=\|\bar Z\|f​=∥Zˉ∥, whose derivative bound holds only where f>0f>0f>0. The step "by (20)" also needs the maximum over E\mathcal EE to dominate every allocation in A\mathcal AA. That is the vertex property of a bounded polyhedron, which in Lean means compactness of A\mathcal AA plus a Krein–Milman type argument. The published Dini-derivative extinction criterion ProcessingNetworks.LyapunovCriteria.dini_extinction_criterion (Dai–Harrison Lemma 8.11) is a possible tool for the last step, applied to ∥Zˉ∥\|\bar Z\|∥Zˉ∥.

Formalization scope

  • Indices are 0-based: internal buffers Fin I, buffers 0..I0..I0..I as Fin (I+1) with Buffer 0 the index 0 and internal buffer i the index i.succ, activities Fin J, processors Fin K.
  • Paths are functions ℝ → (Fin n → ℝ) constrained only at t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Derivatives are deriv, used only at regular points.
  • (20) is encoded as IsGreatest of the set of pressures over E\mathcal EE, so the maximum is attained and an empty E\mathcal EE cannot pass through a junk supremum. E\mathcal EE is Mathlib's Set.extremePoints.
  • The fluid model of the theorem is the predicate "(14)–(18) and (20)". Solutions are not required to be fluid limits.
  • The standing assumptions of §2 are one predicate, Network.Standing. Two disclosed additions are needed for the objects to make sense: every input processor has an activity, and mj>0m_j>0mj​>0. The row sums of PjP^jPj are not imposed.
  • The theorem's text cites "the LP (9)–(12)". The proof needs x≥0x\ge0x≥0, so the LP used is (9)–(13), as in Theorems 1, 2 and 4.
  • The norm in Definition 4 is Euclidean, as in the proof.
  • Assumption 1 is a hypothesis of the goal because the page states it. The fluid-level argument does not use it.
  • Ruled out: a vacuous goal. A sorry-free sanity file shows a one-buffer network (one input activity, one service activity) that satisfies every hypothesis of the goal and has a maximum pressure fluid solution. The milestone on the maximum over A\mathcal AA carries the hypothesis A≠∅\mathcal A\neq\emptysetA=∅, because the standing assumptions alone do not imply it.

Contributions of reusable lemmas are welcome, in particular almost-everywhere differentiability of Lipschitz paths on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), the vertex property of bounded polyhedra, and extinction of nonnegative absolutely continuous functions with g˙≤−ε\dot g\le-\varepsilong˙​≤−ε on {g>0}\{g>0\}{g>0}.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and W. Lin, Maximum pressure policies in stochastic processing networks, Operations Research 53(2):197–218, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0170
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian models of open processing networks: canonical representation of workload, Annals of Applied Probability 10(1):75–103, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1019737665
  • J. G. Dai, On positive Harris recurrence of multiclass queueing networks: a unified approach via fluid limit models, Annals of Applied Probability 5(1):49–77, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177004828
  • L. Tassiulas and A. Ephremides, Stability properties of constrained queueing systems and scheduling policies for maximum throughput in multihop radio networks, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 37(12):1936–1948, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.182479
  • J. G. Dai and J. M. Harrison, Processing Networks: Fluid Models and Stability, Cambridge University Press, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108772662
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Approximation Algorithms for Precedence-Constrained Scheduling Problems on Parallel Machines That Run at Different Speeds: A min{K + 2√K + 1, 1.89 log m + O(√log m)}-Approximation for Q|prec|CmaxResearch Paper

Scheduling precedence-constrained jobs on machines of different speeds

Graham (1966) showed that list scheduling finds a schedule within a factor 222 of optimal for precedence-constrained jobs on identical parallel machines, the first performance guarantee for an approximation algorithm. When the machines run at different speeds (uniformly related machines), the same analysis breaks down, and for two decades the problem Q∣prec∣Cmax⁡Q|prec|C_{\max}Q∣prec∣Cmax​ resisted a guarantee independent of the speeds better than O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​).

Timeline:

  • 1974, Liu and Liu: list scheduling on machines of different speeds, with a guarantee that depends on the speeds and can be arbitrarily large even for a fixed number of machines.
  • 1980, Jaffe: list scheduling on the machines whose speed is within a factor m\sqrt mm​ of the fastest gives an O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​)-approximation.
  • 1978, Lenstra and Rinnooy Kan: with precedence constraints, no ρ\rhoρ-approximation with ρ<4/3\rho < 4/3ρ<4/3 exists unless P = NP. This bound already holds for identical machines.
  • 1997–1999, Chudak and Shmoys: an LP-guided variant of list scheduling achieves O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm), and K+2K+1K + 2\sqrt K + 1K+2K​+1 when there are only KKK distinct speeds (J. Algorithms 30 (1999) 323–343; conference version SODA 1997).

The mission formalizes the makespan half of that paper, up to its Theorem 3.7.

Setting

An instance has nnn jobs and m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 machines. Job jjj requires pj>0p_j > 0pj​>0 units of processing, and machine iii runs at speed si>0s_i > 0si​>0, so job jjj takes pj/sip_j/s_ipj​/si​ time units on machine iii. A strict partial order ≺\prec≺ on the jobs gives precedence constraints: j≺kj \prec kj≺k means that job kkk may not start until job jjj has completed.

A schedule runs each job jjj without interruption on one machine μ(j)\mu(j)μ(j), from a start time Sj≥0S_j \ge 0Sj​≥0 to its completion time Cj=Sj+pj/sμ(j)C_j = S_j + p_j/s_{\mu(j)}Cj​=Sj​+pj​/sμ(j)​. A machine processes at most one job at a time, and j≺kj \prec kj≺k forces Cj≤SkC_j \le S_kCj​≤Sk​. Its length is Cmax⁡=max⁡jCjC_{\max} = \max_j C_jCmax​=maxj​Cj​. Cmax⁡∗C^*_{\max}Cmax∗​ is the length of an optimal schedule.

Let sˉ1>sˉ2>⋯>sˉK\bar s_1 > \bar s_2 > \cdots > \bar s_Ksˉ1​>sˉ2​>⋯>sˉK​ be the distinct speeds and mkm_kmk​ the number of machines of speed sˉk\bar s_ksˉk​. An assignment k(j)k(j)k(j) names the speed class at which job jjj is to run. Its loads are Dk=1mk∑j:k(j)=kpj/sˉkD_k = \frac{1}{m_k}\sum_{j:k(j)=k} p_j/\bar s_kDk​=mk​1​∑j:k(j)=k​pj​/sˉk​, and its chain bound CCC is the largest value of ∑j∈Cpj/sˉk(j)\sum_{j\in\mathcal C} p_j/\bar s_{k(j)}∑j∈C​pj​/sˉk(j)​ over chains C\mathcal CC of ≺\prec≺. Speed-based list scheduling is Graham's rule restricted by the assignment: whenever a machine of speed sˉk\bar s_ksˉk​ is idle, it starts the first available job jjj on the list with k(j)=kk(j) = kk(j)=k.

The linear program LP has variables xkj≥0x_{kj} \ge 0xkj​≥0, CjC_jCj​ and DDD. It minimizes DDD subject to the following constraints:

  • ∑kxkj=1\sum_k x_{kj} = 1∑k​xkj​=1;
  • 1mksˉk∑jpjxkj≤D\frac{1}{m_k\bar s_k}\sum_j p_j x_{kj} \le Dmk​sˉk​1​∑j​pj​xkj​≤D;
  • ∑k(pj/sˉk)xkj≤Cj\sum_k (p_j/\bar s_k)x_{kj} \le C_j∑k​(pj​/sˉk​)xkj​≤Cj​, and ∑k(pj/sˉk)xkj≤Cj−Cj′\sum_k (p_j/\bar s_k)x_{kj} \le C_j - C_{j'}∑k​(pj​/sˉk​)xkj​≤Cj​−Cj′​ whenever j′≺jj' \prec jj′≺j;
  • Cj≤DC_j \le DCj​≤D.

From a solution, with pˉj=∑k(pj/sˉk)xkj\bar p_j = \sum_k (p_j/\bar s_k)x_{kj}pˉ​j​=∑k​(pj​/sˉk​)xkj​, the assignment algorithm gives each job jjj the speed class k∉Bj={k:pj/sˉk>γpˉj}k \notin B_j = \{k : p_j/\bar s_k > \gamma\bar p_j\}k∈/Bj​={k:pj​/sˉk​>γpˉ​j​} of largest capacity sˉkmk\bar s_k m_ksˉk​mk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.7 (p. 10)

There is an absolute constant ccc such that for every instance with m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 machines and KKK distinct speeds, the better of the two schedules below has length at most

min⁡{K+2K+1, 1.89log⁡2m+clog⁡2m}⋅Cmax⁡∗.\min\bigl\{K + 2\sqrt K + 1,\ 1.89\log_2 m + c\sqrt{\log_2 m}\bigr\}\cdot C^*_{\max}.min{K+2K​+1, 1.89log2​m+clog2​m​}⋅Cmax∗​.
  • (A) An optimal LP solution, the assignment algorithm with γ=K+1\gamma = \sqrt K + 1γ=K​+1, and speed-based list scheduling.
  • (B) The same algorithm run on speeds rounded down to powers of eee, with machines slower than sˉ1/(mlog⁡2m)\bar s_1/(m\log_2 m)sˉ1​/(mlog2​m) dropped, and read back on the original machines.

Milestones, in proof order

  • Existence of speed-based list schedules (p. 4).
  • Theorem 2.1: Cmax⁡≤C+∑kDkC_{\max} \le C + \sum_k D_kCmax​≤C+∑k​Dk​.
  • The LP lower bound Dˉ≤Cmax⁡∗\bar D \le C^*_{\max}Dˉ≤Cmax∗​ (p. 6).
  • Lemmas 3.1–3.4: chain bounds 2Dˉ2\bar D2Dˉ and (K+1)Dˉ(\sqrt K + 1)\bar D(K​+1)Dˉ, and load bounds 2KDˉ2K\bar D2KDˉ and (K+K)Dˉ(K + \sqrt K)\bar D(K+K​)Dˉ.
  • Theorem 3.5 and Corollary 3.6: the factor K+2K+1K + 2\sqrt K + 1K+2K​+1 against Cmax⁡∗C^*_{\max}Cmax∗​ and against Dˉ\bar DDˉ.
  • Rounded schedules serve the original instance (p. 9).
  • The speed rounding: at most ⌊log⁡β(αm)⌋+1\lfloor\log_\beta(\alpha m)\rfloor + 1⌊logβ​(αm)⌋+1 speeds, and the LP value grows by a factor of at most β(1+1/α)\beta(1 + 1/\alpha)β(1+1/α) (p. 10).
  • The "In fact" form of the guarantee, relative to any feasible LP solution (p. 10).

Significance

The result gives the first O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm) guarantee for Q∣prec∣Cmax⁡Q|prec|C_{\max}Q∣prec∣Cmax​, independent of the speeds, and a guarantee depending only on the number of distinct speeds. Through the batching technique of Shmoys, Wein and Williamson it extends to release dates (Corollary 3.8). Since LP also relaxes the preemptive problem, it gives an O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm) bound on the ratio between the nonpreemptive and preemptive optima (Corollaries 3.9, 3.10). The "In fact" form, relative to an arbitrary feasible LP solution, drives the paper's ∑wjCj\sum w_jC_j∑wj​Cj​ algorithm in §4.

The result is proved in the literature but, as far as is known, not formalized. A formal proof requires machine-checking the following:

  • the continuous-time list-scheduling argument for different speeds;
  • the filtering argument of Lin and Vitter;
  • the reduction to logarithmically many speeds, including the off-by-one count of rounded speeds that the page leaves implicit.

Later work gave a combinatorial O(log⁡m)O(\log m)O(logm)-approximation (Chekuri and Bender, 2001) and an O(log⁡m/log⁡log⁡m)O(\log m/\log\log m)O(logm/loglogm)-approximation (Li, 2017). These are not part of this mission.

Difficulty

Graham's argument has two lower bounds:

  1. the total processing along a chain;
  2. the time during which every machine is busy.

With different speeds, the first bound fails: a chain may have been run on slow machines, and its length then says nothing about Cmax⁡∗C^*_{\max}Cmax∗​. Forcing every job onto a fast machine repairs chains but can leave most machines idle, so the second bound fails. The paper only guarantees that all machines of one speed are busy at each moment of an idle period. Making this pay off requires an assignment that controls chain lengths and per-class loads simultaneously. That assignment is the delicate part: Theorem 2.1 is the bookkeeping, while Lemmas 3.2 and 3.4 rely on the LP. Two of the formal steps are routine on paper but fiddly in Lean: time-interval accounting over a continuous-time schedule, and the counting of rounded speed classes.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Jobs are Fin n and machines Fin m with m≥1m \ge 1m≥1. pj>0p_j > 0pj​>0 and si>0s_i > 0si​>0. ≺\prec≺ is a strict partial order, and a chain is a finite set of pairwise comparable jobs. Cmax⁡C_{\max}Cmax​ is the maximum completion time, or 000 with no jobs.
  • Speed classes. The classes are computed from the speeds, so mk≥1m_k \ge 1mk​≥1 and sˉk>0\bar s_k > 0sˉk​>0 by construction. The Lean index 000 is the paper's fastest class sˉ1\bar s_1sˉ1​.
  • The algorithm as predicates. Speed-based list scheduling is the predicate the proof of Theorem 2.1 uses: jobs run at their assigned speed, and no machine of a job's speed idles while that job is available and unstarted. Every list order and every order of idle machines satisfies it. The assignment algorithm is a predicate allowing every maximizer, since the page does not break ties. Theorems 3.5 and 3.7 quantify over all optimal LP solutions, all such assignments and all such schedules. Existence is supplied by the milestones.
  • Comparator. The bound is stated against every feasible schedule of the same instance, never against the LP value or a best schedule of the rounded instance. A statement asserting only that some good schedule exists would be trivially true (the optimum witnesses it); the goal bounds the schedule the algorithm returns.
  • Constants and logarithms. log⁡m\log mlogm is log⁡2m\log_2 mlog2​m, as the paper specifies. m≥2m \ge 2m≥2 is assumed in Theorem 3.7 and in the "In fact" remark, which are asymptotic in mmm. The O(log⁡m)O(\sqrt{\log m})O(logm​) term is one absolute constant ccc, quantified before the instance, and 1.891.891.89 is the page's number.
  • Generalizations and corrections. Lemmas 3.1–3.4 are stated for every feasible LP solution, since their proofs use only feasibility. The speed rounding is relative to sˉ1\bar s_1sˉ1​, with no normalization. The count of rounded speeds is ⌊log⁡β(αm)⌋+1\lfloor\log_\beta(\alpha m)\rfloor + 1⌊logβ​(αm)⌋+1; the page writes log⁡β(αm)\log_\beta(\alpha m)logβ​(αm).
  • Not formalized. Polynomial running time is not formalized.
  • Out of scope. Corollaries 3.8–3.10, Theorem 3.11 and §4 are excluded.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome. Reusable beyond this mission are the following: the model of nonpreemptive schedules on uniformly related machines with precedence, the speed-based list-scheduling predicate with Theorem 2.1, and the LP.

Selected references

  • F. A. Chudak and D. B. Shmoys, Approximation algorithms for precedence-constrained scheduling problems on parallel machines that run at different speeds, J. Algorithms 30 (1999) 323–343 (authors' manuscript used here). https://doi.org/10.1006/jagm.1998.0987
  • R. L. Graham, Bounds for certain multiprocessing anomalies, Bell System Technical Journal 45 (1966) 1563–1581. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1538-7305.1966.tb01709.x
  • J. M. Jaffe, Efficient scheduling of tasks without full use of processor resources, Theoretical Computer Science 12 (1980) 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-3975(80)90002-4
  • J.-H. Lin and J. S. Vitter, ε-approximations with minimum packing constraint violation, STOC 1992, 771–782. https://doi.org/10.1145/129712.129787
  • D. B. Shmoys, J. Wein and D. P. Williamson, Scheduling parallel machines on-line, SIAM J. Computing 24 (1995) 1313–1331. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539793248317
  • C. Chekuri and M. A. Bender, An efficient approximation algorithm for minimizing makespan on uniformly related machines, J. Algorithms 41 (2001) 212–224. https://doi.org/10.1006/jagm.2001.1184
  • S. Li, Scheduling to minimize total weighted completion time via time-indexed linear programming relaxations, SIAM J. Computing 46 (2017) 409–440. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1053163
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Purchasing, Pricing, and Quick Response in the Presence of Strategic Consumers: Under Condition (6), Quick Response Is More Valuable with Strategic Consumers than with Only Myopic OnesResearch Paper

Motivation

Fashion and consumer-electronics retailers sell a product at full price early in a season and mark down what is left. Consumers learn the pattern, and some of them wait for the markdown. Such strategic consumers lower the revenue of the full-price period, and the retailer's stocking decision affects how deep the markdown is expected to be. Quick response — a second, more expensive replenishment placed after demand is observed — is usually valued as a way to match supply with exogenous demand (Fisher and Raman 1996; Cachon and Terwiesch, Matching Supply with Demand, 2005). Cachon and Swinney ask how strategic waiting changes that value.

The source is the authors' working paper of April 2007, revised November 25, 2007, not the 2009 Management Science version, whose numbering and wording may differ. Its answer: with strategic consumers the retailer stocks less (Theorem 1), and under an explicit cost condition, quick response is worth more to a retailer facing strategic consumers than to one facing only myopic consumers (Theorem 3).

Setting

A retailer sells over two periods. It sells at the exogenous full price ppp in period 1 and at a markdown price s∈[0,p]s\in[0,p]s∈[0,p] chosen at the start of period 2. Leftover units are worth 000. First-period demand D≥0D\ge0D≥0 has density fff and distribution function FFF, and fff satisfies the monotone scaled likelihood ratio (MSLR) property: for every λ∈(0,1]\lambda\in(0,1]λ∈(0,1], x↦f(λx)/f(x)x\mapsto f(\lambda x)/f(x)x↦f(λx)/f(x) is monotonic on the support of fff.

The market has three segments:

  • myopic consumers, (1−α)D(1-\alpha)D(1−α)D of them, with value vMv_MvM​, who only buy in period 1;
  • strategic consumers, αD\alpha DαD of them, with value vMv_MvM​ in period 1 and second-period values uniform on [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ];
  • an unlimited pool of bargain hunters with value vBv_BvB​, who only buy on sale.

The standing assumptions are vˉ≤p\bar v\le pvˉ≤p and v‾≥vM−p+vB\underline v\ge v_M-p+v_Bv​≥vM​−p+vB​. Let Gˉ(s)\bar G(s)Gˉ(s) be the fraction of strategic values above sss.

By a threshold argument (Lemma 1), strategic consumers with value below some v^\hat vv^ buy at ppp and the rest wait. A fraction ξ=1−Gˉ(v^)α\xi=1-\bar G(\hat v)\alphaξ=1−Gˉ(v^)α of demand then buys in period 1, and the inventory left for period 2 is I=(q−ξD)+I=(q-\xi D)^+I=(q−ξD)+. The period-2 revenue R(s,I)R(s,I)R(s,I) counts the waiting strategic consumers with value at least sss and, if s≤vBs\le v_Bs≤vB​, the bargain hunters, up to the inventory III. The retailer's expected profit at unit cost ccc is

π(q,v^)=E[pmin⁡(q,ξD)−cq+sup⁡0≤s≤pR(s,I)].\pi(q,\hat v)=\mathbb E\Big[p\min(q,\xi D)-cq+\sup_{0\le s\le p}R(s,I)\Big].π(q,v^)=E[pmin(q,ξD)−cq+0≤s≤psup​R(s,I)].

With quick response, units ordered before the season cost c1c_1c1​ and units ordered after observing DDD cost c2c_2c2​, with c1≤c2≤pc_1\le c_2\le pc1​≤c2​≤p. The second order covers all first-period demand and may add stock for the sale. The resulting profit is πr(q,v^)\pi_r(q,\hat v)πr​(q,v^).

In the sale period, waiting strategic consumers are rationed: they effectively face the inventory θI\theta IθI, where θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] measures their place in the queue. A strategic consumer with value v^\hat vv^ who waits gains, in expectation,

ψ(v^)=(v^−vB)Pr⁡(D<Dl and a unit is received),\psi(\hat v)=(\hat v-v_B)\Pr(D<D_l\text{ and a unit is received}),ψ(v^)=(v^−vB​)Pr(D<Dl​ and a unit is received),

where DlD_lDl​ is the demand level below which the retailer clears stock at sl=vBs_l=v_Bsl​=vB​. A rational expectations equilibrium (q∗,v∗)(q^*,v^*)(q∗,v∗) is a pair in which q∗q^*q∗ maximizes π(⋅,v∗)\pi(\cdot,v^*)π(⋅,v∗) and v∗v^*v∗ is a best response of consumers who correctly expect q∗q^*q∗. The superscript mmm denotes the benchmark with only myopic consumers (α=0\alpha=0α=0): πm\pi^mπm and πrm\pi^m_rπrm​ are the optimal myopic profits without and with quick response.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

Assume MSLR and no rationing, 0<α≤10<\alpha\le10<α≤1, vB<c1<pv_B<c_1<pvB​<c1​<p, c1≤c2≤pc_1\le c_2\le pc1​≤c2​≤p, and condition (6):

vM−pvˉ−vB ≥ c2−c1c2−vB.\frac{v_M-p}{\bar v-v_B}\ \ge\ \frac{c_2-c_1}{c_2-v_B}.vˉ−vB​vM​−p​ ≥ c2​−vB​c2​−c1​​.

Let (q∗,v∗)(q^*,v^*)(q∗,v∗) be any equilibrium without quick response, (qr∗,vr∗)(q_r^*,v_r^*)(qr∗​,vr∗​) any equilibrium with it, and πm\pi^mπm, πrm\pi_r^mπrm​ the myopic optima. Then

πr(qr∗,vr∗)−π(q∗,v∗) ≥ πrm−πm.\pi_r(q_r^*,v_r^*)-\pi(q^*,v^*)\ \ge\ \pi_r^m-\pi^m .πr​(qr∗​,vr∗​)−π(q∗,v∗) ≥ πrm​−πm.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's path:

  • the threshold structure (Lemma 1);
  • the optimal sale price (Lemma 2) and quasi-concavity of π\piπ with first-order condition (2) (Lemma 3);
  • the fill probability and the limits of the best response (Lemma 4);
  • existence and the comparison q∗≤qmq^*\le q^mq∗≤qm, π∗≤πm\pi^*\le\pi^mπ∗≤πm (Theorem 1), with the myopic newsvendor F(qm)=(p−c)/(p−vB)F(q^m)=(p-c)/(p-v_B)F(qm)=(p−c)/(p−vB​);
  • the quick-response analogues (Lemma 5, Theorem 2 (i)), with the myopic fractile F(qrm)=(c2−c1)/(c2−vB)F(q^m_r)=(c_2-c_1)/(c_2-v_B)F(qrm​)=(c2​−c1​)/(c2​−vB​);
  • the statement that under (6) every equilibrium with quick response has vr∗=vˉv^*_r=\bar vvr∗​=vˉ (Theorem 2, last sentence).

Corollary 1 is the percentage form, Δ/π∗≥Δm/πm\Delta/\pi^*\ge\Delta_m/\pi^mΔ/π∗≥Δm​/πm.

Significance

Theorem 3 identifies a second channel through which quick response creates value. Beyond matching supply to demand, it lets the retailer keep its initial stock low enough that a deep markdown becomes unlikely, so strategic consumers buy at full price. Under (6), all of them do. Quick response thus reduces strategic waiting without withholding availability, unlike the inventory-signalling remedies in the literature, and the theorem quantifies when this effect dominates.

The results are proved in the working paper, partly in a technical appendix. No machine-checked version of them, or of the underlying markdown game, is known. A formalization pins down several statements that the paper states loosely:

  • the uniqueness claims of Lemmas 2 and 5;
  • the case condition of Lemma 4 (i), which is false as printed;
  • the sign in display (5);
  • the boundary cases of the threshold lemma.

It also produces reusable components: the newsvendor with salvage and the reactive-capacity fractile under a general density, and a rational-expectations equilibrium predicate for a retailer–consumer game.

Difficulty

The profit π(⋅,v^)\pi(\cdot,\hat v)π(⋅,v^) is not concave: with strategic consumers it is concave–convex (Figure 4 of the paper). The newsvendor argument therefore does not give a unique optimal order, and Lemma 3's quasi-concavity rests on MSLR in a short appendix step.

Existence (Theorem 1) needs a fixed point of the map q↦q\mapstoq↦ best response, but the consumer best response is a correspondence, not a function, so the printed intermediate-value argument does not apply directly. Theorem 3 needs a statement about every equilibrium with quick response, while Theorem 2's proof only exhibits one. Ruling out an equilibrium with vr∗<vˉv_r^*<\bar vvr∗​<vˉ requires comparing the derivative (4) of πr\pi_rπr​ with the myopic derivative along the whole demand distribution.

Formalization scope

Lean represents prices, quantities and valuations as reals, demand by a density f:R→Rf:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rf:R→R on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and expectations as Lebesgue integrals against fff. The model carries the standing assumptions of §3 as fields, plus the following additions and corrections, each disclosed in the item notes:

  • vB>0v_B>0vB​>0: DlD_lDl​ divides by sl=vBs_l=v_Bsl​=vB​.
  • p<vMp<v_Mp<vM​, strengthening vM≥pv_M\ge pvM​≥p: Lemma 4 (ii) and Theorem 2's last claim need it.
  • A finite mean: πr\pi_rπr​ contains E[pξD]\mathbb E[p\xi D]E[pξD].
  • The paper's "θc≤θ\theta_c\le\thetaθc​≤θ" (p. 15) is replaced by the no-rationing condition slGˉ(v^)≤θsmGˉ(sm)s_l\bar G(\hat v)\le\theta s_m\bar G(s_m)sl​Gˉ(v^)≤θsm​Gˉ(sm​) for every belief, which is exactly Dl≤DθD_l\le D_\thetaDl​≤Dθ​. The printed condition agrees with it only when sm=v^s_m=\hat vsm​=v^.
  • Lemma 4 (i) is stated with the corrected case split.
  • Lemmas 2 and 5 claim uniqueness only off the tie points.
  • c<pc<pc<p is the reading of the "p−c>0p-c>0p−c>0" step in the proof of Theorem 1.
  • In the quick-response profit, ξD\xi DξD replaces the DDD that the proof of Theorem 2 prints.

Optimal revenues are suprema over all prices s∈[0,p]s\in[0,p]s∈[0,p] (and q2≥0q_2\ge0q2​≥0 with quick response). "Optimal order" means a maximizer over all q≥0q\ge0q≥0, never a stationary point, and the myopic benchmarks are the same functions at α=0\alpha=0α=0. Defining the optimal revenue by Lemma 2's closed form would make Lemma 2 and the first-order conditions definitional; it is not done.

The fill rate is min⁡{(1−ξ)x,θI}/((1−ξ)x)\min\{(1-\xi)x,\theta I\}/((1-\xi)x)min{(1−ξ)x,θI}/((1−ξ)x), set to 111 when no strategic consumer waits. With Lean's 0/0=00/0=00/0=0 instead, vˉ\bar vvˉ would be a best response to every order and Theorem 2's last claim would be trivial.

A complete development needs:

  • differentiation under the integral for piecewise-smooth integrands;
  • quasi-concavity from a single-crossing derivative;
  • a fixed-point argument for the equilibrium correspondence;
  • the newsvendor and reactive-capacity fractiles.

The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, alternative existence arguments, and sorry-free proofs of the newsvendor items are welcome. The comparison "qr∗≤q∗q_r^*\le q^*qr∗​≤q∗, πr∗≥π∗\pi_r^*\ge\pi^*πr∗​≥π∗" of Theorem 2 and §8's numerical study are outside the scope.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, R. Swinney, Purchasing, Pricing, and Quick Response in the Presence of Strategic Consumers, working paper, revised November 25, 2007; published in Management Science 55(3), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1080.0948
  • M. L. Fisher, A. Raman, Reducing the Cost of Demand Uncertainty Through Accurate Response to Early Sales, Operations Research 44(1), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.44.1.87
  • J. F. Muth, Rational Expectations and the Theory of Price Movements, Econometrica 29(3), 1961. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909635
19 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Management with Forward-Looking Buyers: Under Weakly Decreasing Demand the Deterministic Optimal Cutoffs Fall over Time and Satisfy One-Period Look-AheadResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers of seasonal goods (fashion, electronics, airline seats) sell a fixed stock over a finite season to customers who arrive over time, and those customers know that prices may fall. A customer who expects a markdown waits, and a seller who ignores this loses revenue. The classical revenue-management literature (Gallego and van Ryzin 1994; Talluri and van Ryzin 2004) models myopic customers who buy on arrival or leave; the literature on forward-looking (strategic) buyers, for instance Aviv and Pazgal (2008), studies particular price paths.

Board and Skrzypacz ask the mechanism-design question: among all selling schemes, which maximizes the seller's expected discounted revenue when buyers arrive over time, have private values and time their purchases strategically? Their answer, published in the Journal of Political Economy in 2016, is that the optimal mechanism has a simple structure: in every period the seller sells to the highest remaining buyer if and only if his value exceeds a cutoff that depends only on the period and the number of units left. When demand is weakly decreasing over time, the cutoffs are characterized by one-period indifference conditions, which in the continuous-time limit can be implemented by posted prices. The source used here is the authors' accepted manuscript of February 6, 2015; all page numbers refer to that manuscript.

Setting

A seller has units of a good and sells them over periods t∈{1,…,T}t\in\{1,\dots,T\}t∈{1,…,T}; unsold units are worth zero after period TTT. Payoffs are discounted by δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1). At the start of period ttt a random number NtN_tNt​ of buyers arrives, independently across periods, with a law that may depend on ttt. Each buyer wants one unit; his value is drawn independently from a distribution with continuous density fff, distribution function FFF and support [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ]. The marginal revenue of a buyer with value vvv is

m(v)=v−1−F(v)f(v),m(v)=v-\frac{1-F(v)}{f(v)},m(v)=v−f(v)1−F(v)​,

assumed strictly increasing and continuously differentiable, with m(v‾)<0m(\underline v)<0m(v​)<0.

By the standard mechanism-design reduction (§2.1, eq. (2.5)), the seller's problem is to choose when to serve each buyer so as to maximize the expected discounted sum of the served buyers' marginal revenues. The state in period ttt, after the period-ttt entrants have arrived, is the number kkk of units left and the values y1≥y2≥⋯y^1\ge y^2\ge\cdotsy1≥y2≥⋯ of the buyers present. The value Πtk\Pi^k_tΠtk​ and the pre-entry value Π~tk\tilde\Pi^k_{t}Π~tk​ satisfy the Bellman equation (4.3):

Πtk(y)=max⁡0≤j≤k[∑i=1jm(yi)+δ Π~t+1k−j(y−j)],Π~t+1k(y)=Et+1[Πt+1k(y∪vt+1)],\Pi^k_t(\mathbf y)=\max_{0\le j\le k}\Big[\sum_{i=1}^j m(y^i)+\delta\,\tilde\Pi^{k-j}_{t+1}(\mathbf y^{-j})\Big],\qquad \tilde\Pi^k_{t+1}(\mathbf y)=E_{t+1}\big[\Pi^k_{t+1}(\mathbf y\cup\mathbf v_{t+1})\big],Πtk​(y)=0≤j≤kmax​[i=1∑j​m(yi)+δΠ~t+1k−j​(y−j)],Π~t+1k​(y)=Et+1​[Πt+1k​(y∪vt+1​)],

where y−j\mathbf y^{-j}y−j is the set of buyers left after the jjj highest are served and vt+1\mathbf v_{t+1}vt+1​ the next period's entrants. Selling one unit to y1y^1y1 today rather than none gives the difference function

ΔΠtk(y1,y−1)=m(y1)+δΠ~t+1k−1(y−1)−δΠ~t+1k(y1,y−1),\Delta\Pi^k_t(y^1,\mathbf y^{-1})=m(y^1)+\delta\tilde\Pi^{k-1}_{t+1}(\mathbf y^{-1})-\delta\tilde\Pi^k_{t+1}(y^1,\mathbf y^{-1}),ΔΠtk​(y1,y−1)=m(y1)+δΠ~t+1k−1​(y−1)−δΠ~t+1k​(y1,y−1),

and the cutoff xtkx^k_txtk​ is the smallest y∈[v‾,vˉ]y\in[\underline v,\bar v]y∈[v​,vˉ] with ΔΠtk(y,∅)≥0\Delta\Pi^k_t(y,\varnothing)\ge 0ΔΠtk​(y,∅)≥0. Comparing selling to y1y^1y1 today with waiting and selling at least one unit tomorrow (to the best of y1y^1y1 and the entrants) gives DΠtk(y1)D\Pi^k_t(y^1)DΠtk​(y1) (p. 17). Demand is weakly decreasing in the usual stochastic order if P(Nt+1>x)≤P(Nt>x)P(N_{t+1}>x)\le P(N_t>x)P(Nt+1​>x)≤P(Nt​>x) for all xxx and ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 17)

If NtN_tNt​ is weakly decreasing in the usual stochastic order then, for every k≥1k\ge 1k≥1,

xt+1k≤xtk(1≤t≤T−1),DΠtk(xtk)=0,x^k_{t+1}\le x^k_t\quad(1\le t\le T-1),\qquad D\Pi^k_t(x^k_t)=0,xt+1k​≤xtk​(1≤t≤T−1),DΠtk​(xtk​)=0,

and xtkx^k_txtk​ is the unique root of DΠtkD\Pi^k_tDΠtk​ in [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ] for t≤T−1t\le T-1t≤T−1: the seller is indifferent between selling to the cutoff type today and waiting one period to sell that unit tomorrow (the one-period-look-ahead property).

Central milestone: Theorem 1 (p. 15)

For every ttt and k≥1k\ge 1k≥1, the optimal rule sells to the highest buyer iff y1≥xtky^1\ge x^k_ty1≥xtk​, whatever the values of the lower buyers; xtk+1≤xtkx^{k+1}_t\le x^k_txtk+1​≤xtk​; and xtkx^k_txtk​ is the unique root of ΔΠtk\Delta\Pi^k_tΔΠtk​.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma 1: allocations are monotone in values.
  2. Lemma 2: with cutoffs decreasing in the unit index, units can be treated one at a time.
  3. Equation (A.1): increasing differences of Π\PiΠ.
  4. Lemma 3: ΔΠ\Delta\PiΔΠ is independent of lower buyers, continuous and strictly increasing in y1y^1y1, and increasing in kkk.
  5. Footnote 12: the boundary values of ΔΠ\Delta\PiΔΠ.
  6. Theorem 1.
  7. Strict monotonicity of DΠD\PiDΠ in y1y^1y1 (p. 18).
  8. Lemma 4: DΠt+1k≥DΠtkD\Pi^k_{t+1}\ge D\Pi^k_tDΠt+1k​≥DΠtk​.

After the goal, (4.7) gives the period-(T−1)(T-1)(T−1) cutoff equation m(xT−1k)=δET[max⁡{m(xT−1k),m(vTk)}]m(x^k_{T-1})=\delta E_T[\max\{m(x^k_{T-1}),m(v^k_T)\}]m(xT−1k​)=δET​[max{m(xT−1k​),m(vTk​)}].

Significance

Theorem 1 says that the optimal allocation does not depend on how many buyers are present or what their values are, only on time and inventory. This is what makes the optimal mechanism implementable without eliciting values from buyers as they arrive. Theorem 2 turns the global dynamic program into local indifference conditions. In the continuous-time limit (§5 of the paper) these become differential equations, and the optimum is implemented by posted prices with an auction at the end of the season. Under weakly decreasing demand, therefore, the classical revenue-management practice of posting prices loses nothing against the best possible mechanism.

The paper's results are proved, in prose, with envelope-theorem and coupling arguments. They have not been machine-checked. A formal development would produce a verified backward-induction model of multi-unit dynamic allocation with random arrivals, with the structural results (monotonicity, deterministic cutoffs, monotone comparative statics in inventory and time) that recur across dynamic pricing and optimal stopping. Two printed gaps are recorded below: the positivity of m(vˉ)m(\bar v)m(vˉ), and the restriction of footnote 12 to t≤T−1t\le T-1t≤T−1.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at "deterministic". A priori the cutoff for the highest buyer depends on the values of the lower buyers, because selling a unit today changes which of them will be served later and when. Lemma 3(a) holds only under the induction hypothesis that all future cutoffs are already deterministic and decreasing in inventory, so Lemma 3, Theorem 1 and (A.1) form a single backward induction over periods and units, and none of them can be proved in isolation. The value function is an expectation, over a random number of i.i.d. entrants, of a maximum over sorted values, so continuity and strict monotonicity in y1y^1y1 (Lemma 3(b), and the same for DΠD\PiDΠ) are not available from general facts. The tempting argument for Theorem 2, that cutoffs fall over time simply because fewer buyers arrive later, is incomplete: Lemma 4 has to compare two periods with different arrival laws and different future cutoffs at once.

Formalization scope

Periods are natural numbers 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T with T≥1T\ge1T≥1, and units are natural numbers. Values, marginal revenues and profits are real numbers. The buyers present form a finite multiset of reals, and an absent buyer is absent, never a value 000. The value law is the measure with density fff; the density is positive and continuous on [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ] and zero outside, and mmm is defined from fff and FFF. Expectations over a cohort are lower Lebesgue integrals against ∑nP(Nt=n) μ⊗n\sum_n P(N_t=n)\,\mu^{\otimes n}∑n​P(Nt​=n)μ⊗n of nonnegative bounded quantities, so no non-measurable or non-integrable integrand can silently become 000. The value function is defined by the Bellman equation (4.3), with ΠT+1≡0\Pi_{T+1}\equiv0ΠT+1​≡0. The sequence problem (4.1) over purchase times is not formalized; the paper says either may be used (footnote 16).

Standing assumptions and handled gaps:

  • δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1);
  • NtN_tNt​ independent across periods (only the marginal laws enter);
  • mmm strictly increasing and C1C^1C1 on [v‾,vˉ][\underline v,\bar v][v​,vˉ] with m(v‾)<0m(\underline v)<0m(v​)<0;
  • added: m(vˉ)>0m(\bar v)>0m(vˉ)>0, which footnote 12 uses without stating; without it no unit is ever sold and no cutoff exists;
  • added: f>0f>0f>0 on the closed support, needed for mmm to be defined there;
  • footnote 12's equality ΔΠtk(vˉ)=(1−δ)m(vˉ)\Delta\Pi^k_t(\bar v)=(1-\delta)m(\bar v)ΔΠtk​(vˉ)=(1−δ)m(vˉ) is stated for t≤T−1t\le T-1t≤T−1 only, since ΔΠTk=m\Delta\Pi^k_T=mΔΠTk​=m;
  • DΠtkD\Pi^k_tDΠtk​ is used only for t≤T−1t\le T-1t≤T−1, and Lemma 4 needs t+1≤T−1t+1\le T-1t+1≤T−1;
  • "decreasing" and "increasing" are weak except in Lemma 3(b) and for DΠD\PiDΠ;
  • at y1=xtky^1=x^k_ty1=xtk​ both selling and waiting are optimal.

The cutoff is defined from ΔΠ\Delta\PiΔΠ, never as the threshold of an optimal policy, and "optimal" always means maximal in (4.3) over every number of units sold. A formalization that postulates a threshold policy, replaces the random cohort by its mean, or sets absent buyers to value 000 would trivialize or change the statements and is ruled out. The mechanism-design reduction (IC/IR to (2.5)) and the continuous-time results of §5 are out of scope.

The usual stochastic order is the published platform definition StochasticOrders.Usual.UsualOrder. A complete development needs finite-horizon dynamic programming over multisets, expectations of functions of sorted i.i.d. samples, envelope arguments, and monotone coupling for the usual stochastic order on N\mathbb NN; these parts are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as is a proof that (4.3) agrees with the sequence problem (4.1).

Selected references

  • S. Board and A. Skrzypacz, Revenue Management with Forward-Looking Buyers, Journal of Political Economy 124(4), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1086/686713
  • R. B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.58
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8), 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • Y. Aviv and A. Pazgal, Optimal Pricing of Seasonal Products in the Presence of Forward-Looking Consumers, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 10(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1070.0183
  • K. T. Talluri and G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
  • M. Shaked and J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic Orders, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-34675-5
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Robust Solutions in Two-Stage Stochastic and Adaptive Optimization Problems 1: For Symmetric Right-Hand-Side Uncertainty, the Robust Optimum Is at Most Twice the Stochastic OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Many planning problems are made in two stages: a first decision xxx (capacity, inventory, a network design) is fixed before an uncertain demand is revealed, and a second decision yyy (recourse, routing, overtime) is taken afterwards. Two-stage stochastic optimization models the demand as random and minimizes expected cost; its second stage is a whole policy ω↦y(ω)\omega\mapsto y(\omega)ω↦y(ω), and the problem is intractable in general, especially with integer variables (Dyer and Stougie, 2006). Robust optimization instead picks one static pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) that is feasible for every possible demand and minimizes its worst-case cost; it is a single deterministic mixed-integer program and needs no knowledge of the distribution (Ben-Tal and Nemirovski, 2002; Bertsimas and Sim, 2004).

The question this mission addresses is how much is lost by solving the robust problem in place of the stochastic one. Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Oper. Res. 2010) show that when only the right-hand side is uncertain, the uncertainty set is symmetric and the distribution is centred at its point of symmetry, the loss is at most a factor of two, and that this factor is tight.

Setting

Fix A∈Rm×n1A\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_1}A∈Rm×n1​, B∈Rm×n2B\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_2}B∈Rm×n2​ and nonnegative costs c∈R+n1c\in\mathbb R^{n_1}_+c∈R+n1​​, d∈R+n2d\in\mathbb R^{n_2}_+d∈R+n2​​. A set Ω\OmegaΩ of scenarios carries a probability measure μ\muμ, and each scenario ω\omegaω has a right-hand side b(ω)∈R+mb(\omega)\in\mathbb R^m_+b(ω)∈R+m​. The uncertainty set is Ib(Ω)={b(ω):ω∈Ω}\mathcal I_b(\Omega)=\{b(\omega):\omega\in\Omega\}Ib​(Ω)={b(ω):ω∈Ω}. First-stage variables are nonnegative, with integer values on a designated set of coordinates; second-stage variables are nonnegative reals (p2=0p_2=0p2​=0).

The stochastic problem ΠStoch(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)ΠStoch​(b), (1.1), chooses xxx and a policy y(⋅)y(\cdot)y(⋅):

zStoch(b)=inf⁡ cTx+Eμ[dTy(ω)]s.t.Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)=\inf\ c^Tx+\mathbb E_\mu[d^Ty(\omega)]\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax+By(\omega)\ge b(\omega)\ \ \forall\omega\in\Omega .zStoch​(b)=inf cTx+Eμ​[dTy(ω)]s.t.Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.

The robust problem ΠRob(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)ΠRob​(b), (1.2), chooses one yyy for all scenarios:

zRob(b)=inf⁡ cTx+dTys.t.Ax+By≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)=\inf\ c^Tx+d^Ty\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax+By\ge b(\omega)\ \ \forall\omega\in\Omega .zRob​(b)=inf cTx+dTys.t.Ax+By≥b(ω)  ∀ω∈Ω.

A set PPP is symmetric (Definition 1.2) if there is u0∈Pu^0\in Pu0∈P with u0+z∈P  ⟺  u0−z∈Pu^0+z\in P\iff u^0-z\in Pu0+z∈P⟺u0−z∈P for all zzz; u0u^0u0 is its point of symmetry. Hypercubes, ellipsoids and norm balls are symmetric. A probability measure on a symmetric set is symmetric (Definition 1.4) if it gives a set and its reflection {2u0−x}\{2u^0-x\}{2u0−x} the same mass.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 (p. 10)

If Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω) is symmetric with point of symmetry b(ω0)b(\omega^0)b(ω0), p2=0p_2=0p2​=0, and μ\muμ satisfies

Eμ[b(ω)] ≥ b(ω0)(2.1)\mathbb E_\mu[b(\omega)]\ \ge\ b(\omega^0)\qquad(2.1)Eμ​[b(ω)] ≥ b(ω0)(2.1)

then

zRob(b) ≤ 2⋅zStoch(b).z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)\ \le\ 2\cdot z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b).zRob​(b) ≤ 2⋅zStoch​(b).

Milestones on the way

  • Lemma 2.2 (p. 12): the coordinatewise bounding box HHH of a symmetric set SSS is the smallest hypercube containing SSS.
  • Lemma 2.3 (p. 12): the centre x0x^0x0 of HHH is the point of symmetry of SSS, and x≤2x0x\le 2x^0x≤2x0 on SSS when S⊆R+nS\subseteq\mathbb R^n_+S⊆R+n​.
  • Eqs. (2.9)–(2.10) (p. 13): if (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) covers b(ω0)b(\omega^0)b(ω0) then (2x,2y)(2x,2y)(2x,2y) covers every b(ω)b(\omega)b(ω), so it is robust feasible.
  • p. 14 display: under (2.1), the mean second-stage decision Eμ[y(ω)]\mathbb E_\mu[y(\omega)]Eμ​[y(ω)] covers b(ω0)b(\omega^0)b(ω0).
  • Lemma 2.1 (p. 11): a symmetric probability measure has mean u0u^0u0, so it satisfies (2.1).
  • Theorem 2.7 (p. 21): the same bound zRob(b)≤2 zStoch(b)z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)\le 2\,z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)zRob​(b)≤2zStoch​(b) when Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω) is convex and positive (contained in a symmetric subset of R+m\mathbb R^m_+R+m​ whose centre lies in Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω)).

Significance

The result. The robust problem is one mixed-integer program, independent of μ\muμ; the stochastic problem optimizes over policies and requires the distribution. Theorem 2.1 says that under symmetry the static robust solution (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) used in every scenario is a 2-approximation of the optimal expected cost, for every centred distribution at once. The companion results of the paper show the hypotheses matter: the bound is tight for symmetric sets, the gap is unbounded (at least n+1n+1n+1) on the non-symmetric simplex (Theorem 2.6), and unbounded when costs are uncertain as well (Theorem 3.1). The theorem also underlies later work on the power of static and affine policies in adaptive optimization (Bertsimas and Goyal, 2012).

Formalizing it. The theorem and its proof are published; nothing in this mission is open mathematics. To our knowledge none of these statements has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a reusable Lean model of two-stage stochastic and robust mixed-integer covering problems with arbitrary scenario spaces, extended-real optimal values and genuine expectations, together with the elementary geometry of point-symmetric sets. The same objects are used by the other missions of this series (the simplex and cost-uncertainty gaps, and the adaptability gap).

Difficulty

Each step of the published argument is short; the difficulty is in stating it at the right generality. The paper begins "consider an optimal solution" of ΠStoch(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)ΠStoch​(b); optimal policies need not exist for an arbitrary scenario space, so the statement is about infima and every step must work for an arbitrary feasible pair. Passing from "Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)Ax+By(\omega)\ge b(\omega)Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω) for all ω\omegaω" to "Ax+B Eμ[y]≥Eμ[b]Ax+B\,\mathbb E_\mu[y]\ge\mathbb E_\mu[b]Ax+BEμ​[y]≥Eμ​[b]" needs integrability of the policy and of bbb and linearity of the Bochner integral through a matrix. The bound b(ω)≤2b(ω0)b(\omega)\le 2b(\omega^0)b(ω)≤2b(ω0) uses symmetry together with nonnegativity of the uncertainty set; symmetry alone does not give it. Integrality of the second stage breaks the argument, since Eμ[y(ω)]\mathbb E_\mu[y(\omega)]Eμ​[y(ω)] need not be integral.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin k → ℝ with the componentwise order, products A *ᵥ x and inner products c ⬝ᵥ x. The mixed-integer domain is "nonnegative with integer values on a set III of coordinates", which is the paper's R+n−p×Z+p\mathbb R^{n-p}_+\times\mathbb Z^p_+R+n−p​×Z+p​ up to relabelling.
  • Ω\OmegaΩ is an arbitrary measurable space with a probability measure; Ib(Ω)\mathcal I_b(\Omega)Ib​(Ω) is Set.range b. Constraints hold for every scenario, not almost surely.
  • Second-stage policies are μ\muμ-integrable, and bbb is μ\muμ-integrable in every statement that uses (2.1). Without these, Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 000 and (2.1) would degenerate.
  • zStochz_{\mathrm{Stoch}}zStoch​ and zRobz_{\mathrm{Rob}}zRob​ are infima in EReal, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible; no attainment is assumed. A real-valued infimum would return 000 on an infeasible robust problem and make the goal trivial; that formalization is ruled out.
  • The bounding box of (2.5)–(2.7) uses suprema and infima, with boundedness assumed where needed.
  • Corrections to the page: Lemma 2.3's inequality x≤2x0x\le 2x^0x≤2x0 is stated under S⊆R+nS\subseteq\mathbb R^n_+S⊆R+n​, which its proof uses and which holds in every application; Lemma 2.1 assumes the measure has a mean; Theorem 2.7 carries the standing assumption p2=0p_2=0p2​=0 of §2.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones and the goal, and general lemmas on point-symmetric sets and on interchanging Bochner integrals with matrix–vector products, both reusable outside this mission.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power of robust solutions in two-stage stochastic and adaptive optimization problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(2), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1090.0440 (cited from the authors' manuscript, MIT DSpace)
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust optimization — methodology and applications, Mathematical Programming 92, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s101070100286
  • D. Bertsimas, M. Sim, The price of robustness, Operations Research 52(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0065
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Mathematical Programming 106, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0578-0
  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Mathematical Programming 134, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Robust Optimization Approach to Inventory Theory: The Optimal Robust Policy Is the Optimal Nominal Policy for an Explicit Modified Demand, at Extra Cost (2ph/(p+h))·ΣA_kResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical inventory theory chooses order quantities against a probability distribution of demand. The resulting dynamic programs are optimal in expectation but need the distribution, and they become intractable once several installations, capacities or fixed costs interact. Robust optimization replaces the distribution by an uncertainty set and asks for the order sequence whose worst-case cost over that set is smallest. Bertsimas and Thiele (Operations Research 54(1), 2006) applied the budget-of-uncertainty approach of Bertsimas and Sim (The Price of Robustness, Operations Research 52(1), 2004) to finite-horizon inventory control. Their main structural result says that robustness does not destroy the structure of the classical problem. The robust problem is a deterministic (nominal) inventory problem with an explicitly modified demand, and the price of robustness is an explicit constant.

Setting

A single item is ordered at a single installation over periods k=0,…,T−1k = 0, \dots, T-1k=0,…,T−1. The stock at the beginning of the horizon is x0x_0x0​. Orders uk≥0u_k \ge 0uk​≥0 arrive immediately, demand wkw_kwk​ is subtracted, and excess demand is backlogged, so the stock at the end of period kkk is

xk+1=x0+∑i=0k(ui−wi).x_{k+1} = x_0 + \sum_{i=0}^{k} (u_i - w_i).xk+1​=x0​+i=0∑k​(ui​−wi​).

The demand of period kkk is uncertain: wk=wˉk+w^kzkw_k = \bar w_k + \hat w_k z_kwk​=wˉk​+w^k​zk​ with a nominal demand wˉk\bar w_kwˉk​, a maximal deviation w^k≥0\hat w_k \ge 0w^k​≥0 and a scaled deviation zk∈[−1,1]z_k \in [-1, 1]zk​∈[−1,1]. A budget of uncertainty Γk\Gamma_kΓk​ limits the total scaled deviation up to period kkk. The budgets satisfy 0≤Γ00 \le \Gamma_00≤Γ0​ and Γk≤Γk+1≤Γk+1\Gamma_k \le \Gamma_{k+1} \le \Gamma_k + 1Γk​≤Γk+1​≤Γk​+1.

Each period costs C(uk)+R(xk+1)C(u_k) + R(x_{k+1})C(uk​)+R(xk+1​). The purchasing cost is C(u)=K+cuC(u) = K + cuC(u)=K+cu for u>0u > 0u>0 and C(0)=0C(0) = 0C(0)=0, with c>0c > 0c>0 and K≥0K \ge 0K≥0. The holding/shortage cost is R(x)=max⁡(hx,−px)R(x) = \max(hx, -px)R(x)=max(hx,−px), with h≥0h \ge 0h≥0 and p>cp > cp>c. The nominal problem with demand www minimizes ∑k<T(C(uk)+R(xk+1))\sum_{k<T} (C(u_k) + R(x_{k+1}))∑k<T​(C(uk​)+R(xk+1​)) over u≥0u \ge 0u≥0 for a fixed demand sequence www.

For each kkk, AkA_kAk​ is the optimal value of the linear program

Ak=max⁡{∑i=0kw^izi  :  ∑i=0kzi≤Γk, 0≤zi≤1}(13)A_k = \max\Big\{\sum_{i=0}^{k} \hat w_i z_i \;:\; \sum_{i=0}^{k} z_i \le \Gamma_k,\ 0 \le z_i \le 1\Big\} \qquad (13)Ak​=max{i=0∑k​w^i​zi​:i=0∑k​zi​≤Γk​, 0≤zi​≤1}(13)

It is the worst-case deviation of the cumulative demand up to kkk from its nominal value, with A−1=0A_{-1} = 0A−1​=0. Write xˉk+1=x0+∑i≤k(ui−wˉi)\bar x_{k+1} = x_0 + \sum_{i\le k}(u_i - \bar w_i)xˉk+1​=x0​+∑i≤k​(ui​−wˉi​) for the nominal stock. The robust formulation (14) minimizes ∑k<T(C(uk)+yk)\sum_{k<T} (C(u_k) + y_k)∑k<T​(C(uk​)+yk​) over (u,y,q,r)(u, y, q, r)(u,y,q,r) subject to the following constraints for every k<Tk < Tk<T:

  • uk≥0u_k \ge 0uk​≥0, qk≥0q_k \ge 0qk​≥0, and rik≥0r_{ik} \ge 0rik​≥0, qk+rik≥w^iq_k + r_{ik} \ge \hat w_iqk​+rik​≥w^i​ for i≤ki \le ki≤k;
  • yk≥h(xˉk+1+qkΓk+∑i≤krik)y_k \ge h(\bar x_{k+1} + q_k\Gamma_k + \sum_{i\le k} r_{ik})yk​≥h(xˉk+1​+qk​Γk​+∑i≤k​rik​);
  • yk≥p(−xˉk+1+qkΓk+∑i≤krik)y_k \ge p(-\bar x_{k+1} + q_k\Gamma_k + \sum_{i\le k} r_{ik})yk​≥p(−xˉk+1​+qk​Γk​+∑i≤k​rik​).

The variables q,rq, rq,r are the dual of (13). Formulation (14) is equivalent to requiring the holding and shortage constraints of period kkk for every demand whose scaled deviations satisfy ∣zi∣≤1|z_i| \le 1∣zi​∣≤1 and ∑i≤k∣zi∣≤Γk\sum_{i \le k}|z_i| \le \Gamma_k∑i≤k​∣zi​∣≤Γk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (a), (b), (d)

Let the modified demand be

wk′=wˉk+p−hp+h (Ak−Ak−1).(20)w'_k = \bar w_k + \frac{p-h}{p+h}\,(A_k - A_{k-1}). \qquad (20)wk′​=wˉk​+p+hp−h​(Ak​−Ak−1​).(20)

Write Nw′(u)N_{w'}(u)Nw′​(u) for the nominal cost of uuu under demand w′w'w′. Then:

  1. For every u≥0u \ge 0u≥0, the minimum of the objective of (14) over the feasible (y,q,r)(y, q, r)(y,q,r) is attained and equals
Nw′(u)+2php+h∑k=0T−1Ak.N_{w'}(u) + \frac{2ph}{p+h}\sum_{k=0}^{T-1} A_k.Nw′​(u)+p+h2ph​k=0∑T−1​Ak​.
  1. uuu is the order part of an optimal solution of (14) if and only if uuu is optimal for the nominal problem with demand w′w'w′.
  2. The optimal cost of (14) is the optimal nominal cost under w′w'w′ plus 2php+h∑kAk\frac{2ph}{p+h}\sum_k A_kp+h2ph​∑k​Ak​.
  3. If K=0K = 0K=0 and wk′≥0w'_k \ge 0wk′​≥0, the order-up-to policy with levels Sk=wk′S_k = w'_kSk​=wk′​ is robust-optimal.

Milestones

The milestones are the steps of the paper's proof, in order:

  • LP (13) and its dual are attained with the common value AkA_kAk​.
  • The constraints of (14) are the robust counterpart of the kkk-th holding/shortage pair (10)–(11).
  • For fixed orders, the value of (14) is the sum (21).
  • The modified stock (22) satisfies xk+1′=xˉk+1−p−hp+hAkx'_{k+1} = \bar x_{k+1} - \frac{p-h}{p+h}A_kxk+1′​=xˉk+1​−p+hp−h​Ak​.
  • The max identity (23): max⁡(h(xˉ+A),p(−xˉ+A))=max⁡(hx′,−px′)+2php+hA\max(h(\bar x+A), p(-\bar x+A)) = \max(hx', -px') + \frac{2ph}{p+h}Amax(h(xˉ+A),p(−xˉ+A))=max(hx′,−px′)+p+h2ph​A.
  • Lemma 3.1(b): for nonnegative demand, the nominal problem without fixed cost is solved by ordering up to Sk=wkS_k = w_kSk​=wk​.
  • Remark 1: Ak−1≤AkA_{k-1} \le A_kAk−1​≤Ak​, so wk′≥wˉkw'_k \ge \bar w_kwk′​≥wˉk​ when p≥hp \ge hp≥h.
  • Remark 3: under i.i.d. demand, Ak=w^ΓkA_k = \hat w\Gamma_kAk​=w^Γk​, which gives the closed-form thresholds.

Significance

The theorem reduces robust inventory control to nominal inventory control. Every structural fact known for the deterministic problem then transfers to the robust one. These include the optimality of base-stock policies without fixed cost and the threshold structure with a fixed cost. The robust base-stock levels are explicit: they shift the nominal levels by p−hp+h(Ak−Ak−1)\frac{p-h}{p+h}(A_k - A_{k-1})p+hp−h​(Ak​−Ak−1​), upward when shortage is more expensive than holding. The extra cost 2php+h∑kAk\frac{2ph}{p+h}\sum_k A_kp+h2ph​∑k​Ak​ quantifies the price of protection as a function of the budgets. The paper uses the same reduction for capacitated orders (Theorem 3.3) and for supply networks (§4).

The result has been proved since 2006, and no machine-checked proof of it, or of any budgeted robust counterpart, is known to exist. This mission provides several formalizations for reuse:

  • the budgeted robust counterpart of a pair of piecewise-linear constraints;
  • the duality of the fractional knapsack LP (13);
  • the optimality of base-stock orders for a deterministic backlogged inventory problem.

Difficulty

The algebraic core, identity (23), is elementary. The work is in the reductions around it. The first is that (14) really is the worst case of (10)–(11): this needs strong duality for (13), together with attainment on both sides, and the observation that the minimizing and maximizing deviations of a constraint pair differ. The second is that the minimum of (14) over the auxiliary variables, for fixed orders, is (21). This requires the dual optimum to be attained with the value of (13), and h,p≥0h, p \ge 0h,p≥0 so that the cost is monotone in AkA_kAk​. The third is the base-stock part, which needs Lemma 3.1(b), a global optimality statement for a TTT-period problem with backlogging. The paper proves that lemma by an explicit dual certificate. An argument through first-order conditions in each period is not enough, because orders in one period affect every later stock level.

Formalization scope

All data are real numbers and sequences are ℕ → ℝ; only indices k<Tk < Tk<T matter. stock w u k denotes xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​, the stock at the end of period kkk. The standing assumptions of §3.1 are fields of the model:

  • c>0c > 0c>0, K≥0K \ge 0K≥0, h≥0h \ge 0h≥0, p>cp > cp>c;
  • w^k≥0\hat w_k \ge 0w^k​≥0;
  • Γ0≥0\Gamma_0 \ge 0Γ0​≥0 and Γk≤Γk+1≤Γk+1\Gamma_k \le \Gamma_{k+1} \le \Gamma_k + 1Γk​≤Γk+1​≤Γk​+1.

The conventions and corrections are:

  • Fixed cost. The paper writes it with binary variables and a big-MMM constraint. Here it is the indicator C(uk)C(u_k)C(uk​) in the objective, as in the paper's own (21).
  • "Optimal". It always means minimality over all feasible points.
  • The policy. It is the order sequence chosen at time 0.
  • AkA_kAk​. It is the value of (13), as in Remark 1 after the theorem, not "the optimal q∗,r∗q^*, r^*q∗,r∗ of (14)", which need not be unique.
  • The robust formulation. (14) is formalized as printed: the kkk-th constraint pair is protected by the budget Γk\Gamma_kΓk​ alone, not by the intersection of all budgets up to kkk.
  • Sign slip. The page's xk+1=xˉk+1+∑w^izix_{k+1} = \bar x_{k+1} + \sum \hat w_i z_ixk+1​=xˉk+1​+∑w^i​zi​ is a sign slip for xˉk+1−∑w^izi\bar x_{k+1} - \sum \hat w_i z_ixˉk+1​−∑w^i​zi​. The formal statements use the correct sign; the result is unaffected because the deviation set is symmetric.
  • Part (b). It is stated under wk′≥0w'_k \ge 0wk′​≥0. As printed it fails when p<hp < hp<h makes w′w'w′ negative, for example T=2T = 2T=2, wˉ=w^=(10,0)\bar w = \hat w = (10, 0)wˉ=w^=(10,0), Γ=(0,1)\Gamma = (0, 1)Γ=(0,1), c=1c = 1c=1, h=4h = 4h=4, p=2p = 2p=2, x0=0x_0 = 0x0​=0. Lemma 3.1(b) carries the matching hypothesis of nonnegative demand.
  • Remark 3. It adds Γ0≤1\Gamma_0 \le 1Γ0​≤1.
  • Remark 1. Its inequalities are weak.
  • Not stated. The (s, S) clause of (a) and part (c) are excluded. They rest on a stochastic theorem cited from Bertsekas (1995) and on thresholds stated through the optimal ordering times.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the robust cost is formulation (14) with its variables y,q,ry, q, ry,q,r, and AkA_kAk​ is the value of LP (13). Neither is the closed-form objective (21) nor an arbitrary sequence. Contributions are welcome on the LP duality of (13) (a fractional knapsack), on the robust counterpart milestone, and on Lemma 3.1(b), each of which is independent of the others.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, A. Thiele, A Robust Optimization Approach to Inventory Theory, Operations Research 54(1):150–168, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0238
  • D. Bertsimas, M. Sim, The Price of Robustness, Operations Research 52(1):35–53, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0065
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Operations Research Letters 25(1):1–13, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(99)00016-4
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Vol. 1, Athena Scientific, 1995.
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

An Analysis of Stochastic Shortest Path Problems: If Every Improper Policy Has Infinite Cost, the Optimal Cost Is the Unique Fixed Point of Bellman's Operator and Value Iteration Converges to ItResearch Paper

Motivation

A shortest path problem asks how to reach a destination at minimum cost. In a stochastic shortest path problem, a decision at a state selects a probability distribution over successor states, so both the route and its total cost are random. Costs may have either sign. This makes the problem relevant to finite-state control models where rewards and expenses occur before eventual termination. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis analyze this setting without requiring all one-stage costs to be nonnegative or all to be nonpositive. Their condition instead rules out an improper stationary policy whose costs stay finite from every initial state. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 580–583.

Earlier treatments established Bellman-equation and algorithmic conclusions under positive or nonnegative costs. The 1991 paper traces the finite-control development from Eaton and Zadeh and the compact-control extension from Kushner, then removes the sign restriction while retaining finite state space. It also explains why the Bellman mapping need not contract when an improper policy is available. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 581, 585. A separate, proved Prove2Me theorem from Bertsekas's textbook treats the special case in which every policy is proper and controls are finite; the result here permits improper policies and compact control spaces.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 states. State 111 is the destination. At state iii, a control u∈U(i)u\in U(i)u∈U(i) incurs a real cost ci(u)c_i(u)ci​(u) and moves the process to state jjj with probability pij(u)p_{ij}(u)pij​(u). A selector μ\muμ chooses one control μ(i)\mu(i)μ(i) at every state. A policy π=(μ0,μ1,…)\pi=(\mu_0,\mu_1,\ldots)π=(μ0​,μ1​,…) may change selectors over time; a stationary policy repeats one selector. The matrix P(μ)P(\mu)P(μ) has entries pij(μ(i))p_{ij}(\mu(i))pij​(μ(i)), and c(μ)c(\mu)c(μ) is the vector of one-stage costs. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), p. 582.

The cost vector x(π)x(\pi)x(π) is the coordinatewise limit inferior of expected partial costs, including the possibility of infinite values. The optimal cost xi∗x_i^*xi∗​ is the infimum of xi(π)x_i(\pi)xi​(π) over all policies, including nonstationary ones. Optimality of a policy means it attains that infimum from every initial state. The fixed-selector operator is Tμ(x)=c(μ)+P(μ)xT_\mu(x)=c(\mu)+P(\mu)xTμ​(x)=c(μ)+P(μ)x; the Bellman operator TTT takes the coordinatewise infimum of these vectors over selectors. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 582–583, equations (2)–(6).

A stationary policy is proper when its probability of reaching state 111 tends to one from every starting state. Assumption 1 says state 111 is absorbing and cost-free, at least one proper stationary policy exists, and every improper stationary policy has a partial-cost coordinate tending to +∞+\infty+∞. Assumption 2 makes each control space compact, each cost function lower semicontinuous, and each transition-probability coordinate continuous. Work takes place in X={x∈Rn:x1=0}X=\{x\in\mathbb R^n:x_1=0\}X={x∈Rn:x1​=0}. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 583–584.

Formalization targets

Proposition 2: Bellman's equation and value iteration

Under Assumptions 1 and 2, the optimal cost is finite and is the unique fixed point of TTT in XXX. Every initial x∈Xx\in Xx∈X has

lim⁡t→∞Tt(x)=x∗.\lim_{t\to\infty}T^t(x)=x^*.t→∞lim​Tt(x)=x∗.

A stationary selector μ\muμ is optimal exactly when Tμ(x∗)=T(x∗)T_\mu(x^*)=T(x^*)Tμ​(x∗)=T(x∗); an optimal proper stationary selector exists. These are all clauses of Proposition 2, rather than separate targets selected from it. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), p. 586, Proposition 2.

Supporting results

The milestone list follows the source's Proposition 1, Lemmas 1–3, and the numbered equations used by their proof. Proposition 1 supplies a weighted maximum-norm contraction when every stationary policy is proper. Lemma 1 describes fixed costs of a proper policy and characterizes properness through a Bellman inequality. Lemma 2 gives continuity of TTT. Lemma 3 controls limits of proper policies; its second part detects a limit that becomes improper through diverging costs. Appendix equations (22) and (24), and the policy-improvement equation (15), provide the paper's intermediate targets. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 585–587, 591–592.

Significance

Proposition 2 identifies the cost of the best policy by a finite-dimensional Bellman equation even though the definition of optimal cost ranges over all, possibly nonstationary, policies. Its convergence clause justifies value iteration from any vector whose destination coordinate is zero. Its policy criterion and existence clause connect a fixed point to an implementable stationary decision rule. The paper applies these conclusions to successive approximation and policy iteration in §4. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 586, 590–591.

The paper proves these statements. This mission seeks machine-checked proofs of their exact finite-state formulation and of the listed intermediate results. The resulting finite stochastic-matrix, hitting, and policy-cost infrastructure can also support other undiscounted control problems. The related proved Prove2Me result for the all-proper finite-control case does not settle this mission's compact-control or improper-policy cases.

Difficulty

When every stationary policy is proper, a common weighted maximum norm makes the Bellman mapping contract. An improper policy can destroy this route: Figure 2 has an absorbing destination and satisfies both assumptions, yet T(0,x2)=(0,min⁡{1+x2,2})T(0,x_2)=(0,\min\{1+x_2,2\})T(0,x2​)=(0,min{1+x2​,2}) is not a contraction in any norm on XXX. The main result therefore needs a way to retain fixed-point uniqueness and convergence without a uniform contraction rate. Compactness matters because a sequence of proper selectors may converge to an improper selector; Lemma 3 explains the associated cost behavior. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 585–586, 591–595.

Formalization scope

States are Fin n, with the paper's state 111 represented by 0; the model requires n≥1n\ge1n≥1. A control set U(i)U(i)U(i) is a type with a metric, with compactness asserted for its whole carrier. Transition rows explicitly have nonnegative entries summing to one. These are the probability-vector conditions implicit in the word “probability.” Assumption 1 supplies a selector and therefore nonempty control sets. The paper writes T:Rn→RnT:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nT:Rn→Rn; where a theorem uses only Assumption 1, finite real Bellman infima are made explicit through TRealValued. Under Assumption 2, compactness and lower semicontinuity give real attained minima. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 582–584.

Policy costs and their infimum use extended reals so that an improper policy's +∞+\infty+∞ cost is represented without a default finite value. Proposition 2 concludes, rather than assumes, that x∗x^*x∗ has real coordinates. Its policy infimum ranges over every sequence of selectors. Matrix products use the identity at time zero; T0T^0T0 is the identity. The destination-zero restriction is retained in every fixed-point and iteration claim. Defining optimal cost as a Bellman fixed point, or restricting the infimum to stationary policies, would remove the result the paper proves. Solvers can contribute the finite-chain, matrix-inverse, semicontinuity, and convergence arguments needed by these targets.

Selected references

  • Dimitri P. Bertsekas and John N. Tsitsiklis, An Analysis of Stochastic Shortest Path Problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 16(3), 580–595, 1991. DOI.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingGraph TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Routing Problem: Successive Approximations from the Direct-Route Policy Decrease to the Unique Solution of the Routing Equation Within N − 1 IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Finding the quickest route between two points of a road network is among the oldest problems of operations research. It is the subproblem inside vehicle routing, network flow and many dynamic programs. Richard Bellman's four-page note On a routing problem (Quarterly of Applied Mathematics, 1958) treats it as a dynamic program. The minimal travel times satisfy a nonlinear system of equations, and that system can be solved by successive approximations that terminate after a number of steps bounded in advance. The iteration is now known as the Bellman–Ford method. A footnote added in proof records that Max Woodbury and George Dantzig had obtained the same scheme independently, and Ford's RAND report of 1956 describes a closely related labelling procedure.

Timeline.

  • 1956. L. R. Ford Jr., Network flow theory (RAND P-923): a label-improving procedure for shortest paths.
  • 1957. Bellman's Dynamic Programming (Princeton) states the principle of optimality used here.
  • 1958. Bellman's note: the routing equation, its uniqueness, approximation in policy space with an (N − 1)-step bound, and a second, monotone increasing scheme.
  • 1959. Dijkstra gives a label-setting method for nonnegative lengths.
  • 1962. Floyd's Algorithm 97 computes all pairs of shortest distances.

Setting

There are NNN cities, numbered 1,…,N1, \dots, N1,…,N. Every two of them are linked by a direct road, and city NNN is the destination. The travel time from iii to jjj is a real number tijt_{ij}tij​; the matrix T=(tij)T = (t_{ij})T=(tij​) need not be symmetric. Throughout, tij>0t_{ij} > 0tij​>0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j.

A route from iii to NNN is a sequence of cities i=c0,c1,…,cm=Ni = c_0, c_1, \dots, c_m = Ni=c0​,c1​,…,cm​=N in which consecutive cities differ. Its stops are c1,…,cm−1c_1, \dots, c_{m-1}c1​,…,cm−1​, and its time is ∑r<mtcrcr+1\sum_{r<m} t_{c_r c_{r+1}}∑r<m​tcr​cr+1​​. The minimal time fif_ifi​ (3.1) is the least time of a route from iii to NNN, and fN=0f_N = 0fN​=0.

The routing equation (3.2) is the system

Fi=min⁡j≠i [tij+Fj](i=1,…,N−1),FN=0.F_i = \min_{j \ne i}\,[t_{ij} + F_j]\quad (i = 1, \dots, N-1), \qquad F_N = 0 .Fi​=j=imin​[tij​+Fj​](i=1,…,N−1),FN​=0.

Approximation in policy space (§5) starts from the direct-route policy (5.2), fi(0)=tiNf_i^{(0)} = t_{iN}fi(0)​=tiN​, and iterates (5.1):

fi(k+1)=min⁡j≠i [tij+fj(k)](i≠N),fN(k+1)=0.f_i^{(k+1)} = \min_{j \ne i}\,[t_{ij} + f_j^{(k)}]\quad (i \ne N), \qquad f_N^{(k+1)} = 0 .fi(k+1)​=j=imin​[tij​+fj(k)​](i=N),fN(k+1)​=0.

The second scheme (§7, (7.1)) starts instead from f‾i(0)=min⁡j≠itij\underline f_i^{(0)} = \min_{j\ne i} t_{ij}f​i(0)​=minj=i​tij​ and uses the same step.

Formalization targets

Goal: convergence within N−1N - 1N−1 iterations

For every k≥N−1k \ge N - 1k≥N−1 the following hold. Each fi(k)f_i^{(k)}fi(k)​ is the minimal time from iii to NNN, attained by a route. The vector f(k)f^{(k)}f(k) solves (3.2). Every real solution of (3.2) equals f(k)f^{(k)}f(k):

k≥N−1  ⟹  f(k)=f=the unique solution of (3.2).k \ge N-1 \;\Longrightarrow\; f^{(k)} = f = \text{the unique solution of (3.2)}.k≥N−1⟹f(k)=f=the unique solution of (3.2).

This is the claim of the Summary ("converges after at most (N−1)(N-1)(N−1) iterations") and of the last sentence of §5. The paper's bound N−1N - 1N−1 is kept, although N−2N - 2N−2 also suffices.

Milestones

  1. (3.2): the minimal times exist and satisfy the routing equation.
  2. §4: (3.2) has at most one solution.
  3. (5.4): f(1)≤f(0)f^{(1)} \le f^{(0)}f(1)≤f(0).
  4. §5, the sentence after (5.4): fi(k)f_i^{(k)}fi(k)​ is the minimal time over routes with at most kkk stops.
  5. (5.5): f(k+1)≤f(k)f^{(k+1)} \le f^{(k)}f(k+1)≤f(k) for all kkk.
  6. §7: the scheme (7.1) increases, stays below the solution of (3.2) (7.2), and equals it from some index on.

Significance

The result. The note turns an enumeration over exponentially many paths into N−1N - 1N−1 rounds of NNN minimisations each, with a bound fixed before the computation starts. The uniqueness theorem makes the routing equation a characterisation of the minimal times, not merely a property of them. This is the template for later correctness proofs of shortest-path and value-iteration algorithms. The monotone decrease (5.5) is the first instance of policy improvement: every iterate is the value of an actual routing policy.

Formalizing it. The results are classical and proved. What this mission adds is a machine-checked development against the paper's own objects. Routes, their times and minimal times are defined from scratch. The iteration is stated exactly as printed, apart from the corrected initial value at the destination. The (N − 1)-step termination is asserted as an equality, not a limit. Related platform items treat other methods and do not cover these statements. One is the label-correcting method (BertsekasDP.label_correcting_correctness_of_nonneg_arcs, BertsekasDP.label_correcting_terminates). Another is the stochastic shortest path problem under a termination assumption that fails for deterministic routing (BertsekasDP.ssp_main_theorem). There are also the generic candidate-list algorithm (BertsekasNetwork.generic_shortest_path_algorithm), Floyd's Algorithm 97 and Dijkstra's method.

Difficulty

The minimum in (3.2) may be attained at a jjj whose own optimal route passes back through iii. The routing equation is a fixed-point equation for an operator that is monotone but not a contraction in any fixed norm. The standard contraction argument for discounted dynamic programs therefore does not apply. Uniqueness has to use tij>0t_{ij} > 0tij​>0 to exclude zero-time cycles: with t12=t21=0t_{12} = t_{21} = 0t12​=t21​=0, the system (3.2) has infinitely many solutions. The N−1N - 1N−1 bound depends on the at-most-kkk-stops reading of f(k)f^{(k)}f(k) and on the fact that an optimal route never needs to revisit a city. Neither is visible from the recursion alone. For the scheme of §7, the page gives no bound on the number of iterations, and none holds uniformly in ttt.

Formalization scope

Cities are Fin (n + 1), so N=n+1N = n + 1N=n+1, with standing hypothesis n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. City NNN is Fin.last n, and travel times are t : Fin (n + 1) → Fin (n + 1) → ℝ with tij>0t_{ij} > 0tij​>0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j. Diagonal entries are unconstrained and never used. No symmetry, triangle inequality or integrality is assumed. A route is a list of cities with distinct consecutive entries ending at NNN. Repeated cities are allowed; with positive times this changes no minimum. Minimal times are attained minima over routes (IsMinTime, IsMinTimeWithin), not real infima. The minimum in (3.2) is a Finset.inf' over all j≠ij \ne ij=i, the destination included.

The paper's loose phrases are made explicit as follows.

  • "Using an optimal policy" (3.1) becomes a minimum attained by a route and below every route.
  • "Represents the minimum time for a path with at most one stop" becomes, for every kkk, a minimum over routes with at most k+1k + 1k+1 roads.
  • "Converges after at most (N−1)(N - 1)(N−1) iterations" becomes f(k)=ff^{(k)} = ff(k)=f for every k≥N−1k \ge N - 1k≥N−1.
  • "Only a finite number of iterations will be required" (§7) becomes ∃K,∀k≥K\exists K, \forall k \ge K∃K,∀k≥K, f‾(k)=f\underline f^{(k)} = ff​(k)=f.
  • "The solution of (3.2)" in §7 becomes an arbitrary solution of (3.2), which milestones 1–2 show is the vector of minimal times.

Two printed slips are corrected. (5.2) is printed for i=1,…,Ni = 1, \dots, Ni=1,…,N, which would set fN(0)=tNNf_N^{(0)} = t_{NN}fN(0)​=tNN​, and with tNN>0t_{NN} > 0tNN​>0 statements (5.4), (5.5) and the goal would be false. The formalization uses fN(0)=0f_N^{(0)} = 0fN(0)​=0, the value the paper's own justification needs. (7.1) prints "N=1N = 1N=1" for N−1N - 1N−1. Section 6 (computational aspects) and the closing expectation of §7 that the first method converges faster are not formalized.

The goal cannot be satisfied trivially. The minimal times are defined from routes, not as a solution of (3.2) or as a limit of the iteration, so the goal connects the recursion to the routing problem itself.

The development needs only finite minima, lists and induction; nothing beyond core Mathlib. The route and minimal-time layer is reusable for other deterministic shortest-path results. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the sharper bound N−2N - 2N−2.

Selected references

  • R. Bellman, On a routing problem, Quarterly of Applied Mathematics 16(1) (1958), 87–90. https://doi.org/10.1090/qam/102435
  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957.
  • R. Bellman, The theory of dynamic programming, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 60 (1954), 503–515. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1954-09848-8
  • L. R. Ford Jr., Network flow theory, RAND Corporation P-923, 1956. https://www.rand.org/pubs/papers/P923.html
  • E. W. Dijkstra, A note on two problems in connexion with graphs, Numerische Mathematik 1 (1959), 269–271. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01386390
  • R. W. Floyd, Algorithm 97: Shortest path, Communications of the ACM 5(6) (1962), 345. https://doi.org/10.1145/367766.368168
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Graph Structure of Convex Polyhedra in n-Space II: Whitney's Theorem, a Graph Is n-Tuply Connected iff Any Two Points Are Joined by n Disjoint PathsResearch Paper

Motivation

Vertex connectivity measures how robust a network is against the failure of nodes. It can be measured in two ways that look different. One way counts the fewest nodes whose removal disconnects the network. The other counts the routes between two nodes that share no intermediate node. Whitney's theorem (1932) says that the two measures agree for every pair of nodes. It is the vertex form of Menger's theorem, and it underlies reliability analysis of communication and transportation networks, the design of fault-tolerant routing, and much of structural graph theory.

M. L. Balinski's 1961 paper On the graph structure of convex polyhedra in n-space proves that the graph of a bounded full-dimensional polyhedron in nnn-space is nnn-tuply connected (the subject of Mission I of this series). It then invokes Whitney's theorem to conclude that any two vertices of such a polyhedron are joined by nnn disjoint paths. Balinski gives a short new proof of Whitney's theorem through the max-flow min-cut theorem of Ford and Fulkerson and of Dantzig and Fulkerson. That makes the theorem a consequence of linear programming duality. This mission formalizes that part of the paper: the network vocabulary, the max-flow min-cut theorem with capacities on both points and lines, the integrality of maximum flows, and Whitney's theorem itself.

Timeline.

  • 1927: Menger states the disjoint-paths theorem for separating sets.
  • 1932: Whitney proves the characterization of nnn-connected graphs by nnn disjoint paths between every pair of points.
  • 1956: Ford and Fulkerson and Dantzig and Fulkerson prove the max-flow min-cut theorem.
  • 1961: Balinski derives Whitney's theorem from it with a unit-capacity network.

Setting

A graph GGG consists of a finite set VVV of points and a set of lines, each line being a pair of distinct points. A path from psp_sps​ to pkp_kpk​ is a sequence of lines (p1,p2),(p2,p3),…,(pm,pm+1)(p_1,p_2),(p_2,p_3),\dots,(p_m,p_{m+1})(p1​,p2​),(p2​,p3​),…,(pm​,pm+1​) with p1=psp_1 = p_sp1​=ps​, pm+1=pkp_{m+1} = p_kpm+1​=pk​ and m≥1m \ge 1m≥1. Paths are disjoint if they have no point in common except possibly their first and last points.

GGG is nnn-tuply connected if it has at least n+1n+1n+1 points and, for every set XXX of fewer than nnn points, the graph G−XG - XG−X remaining after deleting XXX is connected. GGG has nnn disjoint paths from psp_sps​ to pkp_kpk​ if there are nnn pairwise distinct paths from psp_sps​ to pkp_kpk​, none of which repeats a point, and no two of which share a point other than psp_sps​ and pkp_kpk​.

A network is a connected graph with a capacity c(x)≥0c(x) \ge 0c(x)≥0 on every point and c(e)≥0c(e) \ge 0c(e)≥0 on every line, and with a distinguished source psp_sps​ and sink pkp_kpk​. A flow assigns a number f(C)≥0f(C) \ge 0f(C)≥0 to every path CCC from psp_sps​ to pkp_kpk​, such that for every point xxx and every line eee

∑C∋xf(C)≤c(x),∑C∋ef(C)≤c(e).\sum_{C \ni x} f(C) \le c(x), \qquad \sum_{C \ni e} f(C) \le c(e).C∋x∑​f(C)≤c(x),C∋e∑​f(C)≤c(e).

Its value is val⁡(f)=∑Cf(C)\operatorname{val}(f) = \sum_C f(C)val(f)=∑C​f(C). A disconnecting set is a pair (X,F)(X,F)(X,F) of points and lines that meets every walk from psp_sps​ to pkp_kpk​. Its value is ∑x∈Xc(x)+∑e∈Fc(e)\sum_{x\in X} c(x) + \sum_{e \in F} c(e)∑x∈X​c(x)+∑e∈F​c(e).

The unit network of the proof has capacity 111 on every point except psp_sps​ and pkp_kpk​, and capacity n+1n+1n+1 on every line except the line pspkp_sp_kps​pk​ (if present), which has capacity 111. In Lean these are IsNTuplyConnected, HasNDisjointPaths, IsFlow, flowValue, IsDisconnecting, cutValue, unitCapV and unitCapE, all in the namespace Balinski61.Whitney.

Formalization targets

Goal: Whitney's theorem (p. 434)

For a finite graph GGG with at least two points and any n≥0n \ge 0n≥0:

G is n-tuply connected  ⟺  for all ps≠pk, G has n disjoint paths from ps to pk.G \text{ is } n\text{-tuply connected} \iff \text{for all } p_s \ne p_k,\ G \text{ has } n \text{ disjoint paths from } p_s \text{ to } p_k.G is n-tuply connected⟺for all ps​=pk​, G has n disjoint paths from ps​ to pk​.

Both directions are part of the goal.

Milestones, in the order of the proof

  1. Max-flow min-cut (p. 433). In every network there is a number MMM that is the value of some flow and of some disconnecting set, with every flow of value at most MMM and every disconnecting set of value at least MMM.
  2. Integrality (p. 434). If all capacities are integers, some maximum flow has only integer path flows.
  3. Min-cut in the unit network (p. 434). If GGG is nnn-tuply connected and ps≠pkp_s \ne p_kps​=pk​, every disconnecting set of the unit network has value at least nnn.
  4. Paths from unit flows (p. 434). An integral flow of value at least nnn in the unit network yields nnn disjoint paths from psp_sps​ to pkp_kpk​.
  5. Sufficiency (p. 434). If every pair of distinct points is joined by nnn disjoint paths, GGG is nnn-tuply connected.

Significance

Whitney's theorem turns a statement about all small deletion sets into the existence of explicit, verifiable path systems, and back again. In applications it certifies connectivity by exhibiting paths, and it certifies that connectivity is no larger by exhibiting a separating set. It is the base of the theory of kkk-connected graphs: ear decompositions, the fan lemma, and the structure of minimally kkk-connected graphs all use it. Inside this paper it supplies the COROLLARY that any two vertices of a bounded full-dimensional polyhedron in nnn-space are joined by nnn disjoint edge paths.

None of these results is formalized for vertex connectivity at this Mathlib revision. Mathlib has edge connectivity and connected components but no vertex Menger theorem. The Prove2Me library has max-flow min-cut statements for arc capacities only and integrality results for basic solutions of network LPs, but no flow model with capacities on points. A completed development gives a reusable vertex-capacitated max-flow min-cut theorem for undirected graphs and the first machine-checked Whitney theorem in this library. The results are classical and proved; the remaining work is the formalization.

Difficulty

The sufficiency direction is elementary. The necessity direction needs a global object (a flow, or a family of paths) to exist from purely local hypotheses about deletions. The obvious induction on nnn, which deletes a point and applies the hypothesis to a smaller graph, does not keep the path systems disjoint. In Balinski's route the weight falls on max-flow min-cut and integrality for path flows with capacities on points, neither of which exists in the library. A second difficulty sits in a case the paper's proof skips: a disconnecting set of the unit network may use the line pspkp_sp_kps​pk​ (capacity 111) together with up to n−2n-2n−2 points, and the deletion hypothesis of nnn-tuple connectedness speaks only about points.

Formalization scope

Graphs are Mathlib SimpleGraphs on a Fintype with decidable equality and adjacency. Paths are walks with IsPath. A flow is a real function on the finite type G.Path ps pk of simple paths; "through a point" and "through a line" mean membership in the walk's support and edge list. Capacities are functions V → ℝ and Sym2 V → ℝ. Nonnegativity, connectivity of GGG and ps≠pkp_s \ne p_kps​=pk​ are hypotheses of the network theorems.

The following readings of loose phrases are explicit in the statements:

  • "dropping out n−1n-1n−1 or fewer points" is ∣X∣<n|X| < n∣X∣<n;
  • "nnn disjoint paths" means nnn pairwise distinct simple paths. The printed path syntax permits repeated vertices; in a graph with lines psap_s aps​a, psbp_s bps​b, and pspkp_s p_kps​pk​, the distinct walks ps,a,ps,pkp_s,a,p_s,p_kps​,a,ps​,pk​ and ps,b,ps,pkp_s,b,p_s,p_kps​,b,ps​,pk​ share only their endpoints even though the graph is not 222-tuply connected. The theorem therefore uses its conventional simple-path reading;
  • path flows live on simple paths (merging and shortcutting changes no maximum value);
  • the paper leaves the capacities of psp_sps​ and pkp_kpk​ in the unit network unassigned, and here they are n+1n+1n+1;
  • "the condition is sufficient is obvious" is the full statement that nnn-tuple connectedness follows;
  • the hypothesis ∣V∣≥2|V| \ge 2∣V∣≥2 is added to the goal and to sufficiency, because the paper's "any pair of points" presupposes it and the equivalence fails for a one-point graph.

The max-flow min-cut milestone states that the maximum and the minimum are attained. A statement that only bounds some flow by every cut is satisfied by the zero flow. A connectivity notion without the n+1n+1n+1 point count would make every complete graph nnn-connected for all nnn. Both trivializations are excluded.

Contributions welcome: a vertex-capacitated augmenting-path or LP-duality proof of max-flow min-cut for path flows, integrality by an augmenting-path argument, the unit-network lemmas, and direct combinatorial proofs of Whitney's theorem that bypass flows.

Selected references

  • M. L. Balinski, On the graph structure of convex polyhedra in n-space, Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961), 431–434. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1961.11.431
  • H. Whitney, Congruent graphs and the connectivity of graphs, Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932), 150–168. https://doi.org/10.2307/2371086
  • L. R. Ford, Jr. and D. R. Fulkerson, Maximal flow through a network, Canadian J. Math. 8 (1956), 399–404. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1956-045-5
  • G. B. Dantzig and D. R. Fulkerson, On the max-flow min-cut theorem of networks, in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Ann. of Math. Stud. 38, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956, 215–221. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881987
  • K. Menger, Zur allgemeinen Kurventheorie, Fund. Math. 10 (1927), 96–115. https://doi.org/10.4064/fm-10-1-96-115
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Airline Seat Allocation with Multiple Nested Fare Classes 1: Protection Levels Solving f₁Pr[X₁ > p₁ ∩ … ∩ X₁ + … + X_k > p_k] = f_{k+1} Maximize Expected RevenueResearch Paper

Motivation

An airline sells the seats of one flight leg at several fares. Cheaper fares are booked earlier, so the airline must decide, while low-fare requests arrive, how many seats to hold back for later and more valuable passengers. In nested booking control a seat that could be sold at a low fare is always available to a higher fare. The airline therefore chooses protection levels: pkp_kpk​ seats are reserved for the kkk most expensive classes together, and a request of class k+1k+1k+1 is accepted only while more than pkp_kpk​ seats remain.

For two classes the optimal protection level was found by Littlewood (1972): protect p1p_1p1​ seats, where f1Pr⁡[X1>p1]=f2f_1 \Pr[X_1 > p_1] = f_2f1​Pr[X1​>p1​]=f2​. For more classes the industry used the EMSRa heuristic of Belobaba (1987, 1989), which applies Littlewood's rule to each pair of classes separately and adds the results. Brumelle and McGill (1993) gave the exact optimality conditions for any number of nested classes and showed that EMSRa is in general not optimal. Their conditions are part of the standard theory of single-leg revenue management, as presented in Talluri and van Ryzin (2004).

Setting

There are fare classes k=1,2,…k = 1, 2, \dotsk=1,2,…, numbered from the highest fare. Class kkk has fare fkf_kfk​ and random demand Xk≥0X_k \ge 0Xk​≥0. The standing assumptions (pp. 128–129) are: the demands are mutually independent random variables on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, P)(Ω,F,P), and the fares are strictly decreasing, f1>f2>⋯f_1 > f_2 > \cdotsf1​>f2​>⋯. Demands arrive in order of increasing fare: all of class k+1k+1k+1 before any of class kkk. There are no cancellations or no-shows, and the decision to close a class depends only on the number of current bookings.

A protection-level policy is a vector p=(p1,p2,… )p = (p_1, p_2, \dots)p=(p1​,p2​,…) with pk≥0p_k \ge 0pk​≥0; the dummy p0=0p_0 = 0p0​=0. The revenue Rk[s;p;x]R_k[s; p; x]Rk​[s;p;x] of the kkk highest classes with sss seats available and demand vector xxx is defined recursively by (8)–(9), p. 130:

R1[s;p;x]=f1min⁡(s,x1),R_1[s; p; x] = f_1 \min(s, x_1),R1​[s;p;x]=f1​min(s,x1​), Rk+1[s;p;x]={Rk[s;p;x]0≤s<pk,(s−pk)fk+1+Rk[pk;p;x]pk≤s<pk+xk+1,xk+1fk+1+Rk[s−xk+1;p;x]pk+xk+1≤s.R_{k+1}[s; p; x] = \begin{cases} R_k[s; p; x] & 0 \le s < p_k, \\ (s - p_k) f_{k+1} + R_k[p_k; p; x] & p_k \le s < p_k + x_{k+1}, \\ x_{k+1} f_{k+1} + R_k[s - x_{k+1}; p; x] & p_k + x_{k+1} \le s. \end{cases}Rk+1​[s;p;x]=⎩⎨⎧​Rk​[s;p;x](s−pk​)fk+1​+Rk​[pk​;p;x]xk+1​fk+1​+Rk​[s−xk+1​;p;x]​0≤s<pk​,pk​≤s<pk​+xk+1​,pk​+xk+1​≤s.​

The expected revenue is ERk[s;p;X]=E Rk[s;p;X]ER_k[s; p; X] = E\,R_k[s; p; X]ERk​[s;p;X]=ERk​[s;p;X]. A policy ppp is optimal if ERk[s;q;X]≤ERk[s;p;X]ER_k[s; q; X] \le ER_k[s; p; X]ERk​[s;q;X]≤ERk​[s;p;X] for every policy qqq, every k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and every s≥0s \ge 0s≥0.

For g:R→Rg : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rg:R→R, δ+g[s]\delta_+ g[s]δ+​g[s] and δ−g[s]\delta_- g[s]δ−​g[s] denote the right and left derivatives, and the subdifferential δg[s]\delta g[s]δg[s] is the interval [δ+g[s],δ−g[s]][\delta_+ g[s], \delta_- g[s]][δ+​g[s],δ−​g[s]], with δ−g[0]=+∞\delta_- g[0] = +\inftyδ−​g[0]=+∞ (p. 131).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 134)

If the protection levels satisfy

f1Pr⁡[X1>p1∩X1+X2>p2∩⋯∩X1+⋯+Xk>pk]=fk+1for all k≥1,(31)f_1 \Pr[X_1 > p_1 \cap X_1 + X_2 > p_2 \cap \dots \cap X_1 + \dots + X_k > p_k] = f_{k+1} \quad \text{for all } k \ge 1, \tag{31}f1​Pr[X1​>p1​∩X1​+X2​>p2​∩⋯∩X1​+⋯+Xk​>pk​]=fk+1​for all k≥1,(31)

then ppp is optimal.

Milestones

  1. (27), p. 132: ER1ER_1ER1​ is concave, and δER1[s;p;X]=[f1Pr⁡[X1>s],f1Pr⁡[X1≥s]]\delta ER_1[s; p; X] = [f_1 \Pr[X_1 > s], f_1 \Pr[X_1 \ge s]]δER1​[s;p;X]=[f1​Pr[X1​>s],f1​Pr[X1​≥s]].
  2. Lemma 1, p. 131: if ERk[ ⋅ ;p;X]ER_k[\,\cdot\,; p; X]ERk​[⋅;p;X] is concave on s≥0s \ge 0s≥0 and fk+1∈δERk[pk;p;X]f_{k+1} \in \delta ER_k[p_k; p; X]fk+1​∈δERk​[pk​;p;X], then E{Rk+1[s;p;X]∣Xk+1}E\{R_{k+1}[s; p; X] \mid X_{k+1}\}E{Rk+1​[s;p;X]∣Xk+1​} is concave in sss.
  3. Corollary 1, p. 131: under the same conditions ERk+1[ ⋅ ;p;X]ER_{k+1}[\,\cdot\,; p; X]ERk+1​[⋅;p;X] is concave on s≥0s \ge 0s≥0.
  4. Theorem 1, p. 131: if fk+1∈δERk[pk;p;X]f_{k+1} \in \delta ER_k[p_k; p; X]fk+1​∈δERk​[pk​;p;X] for every kkk (condition (20)), then ppp is optimal.
  5. Lemma 2, p. 134: under (31), for s≥pks \ge p_ks≥pk​,
δ+E{Rk+1[s;p;X]∣Xk+1}=f1Pr⁡[X1>p1∩⋯∩X1+⋯+Xk>pk∩X1+⋯+Xk+1>s∣Xk+1].\delta_+ E\{R_{k+1}[s; p; X] \mid X_{k+1}\} = f_1 \Pr[X_1 > p_1 \cap \dots \cap X_1 + \dots + X_k > p_k \cap X_1 + \dots + X_{k+1} > s \mid X_{k+1}].δ+​E{Rk+1​[s;p;X]∣Xk+1​}=f1​Pr[X1​>p1​∩⋯∩X1​+⋯+Xk​>pk​∩X1​+⋯+Xk+1​>s∣Xk+1​].
  1. Corollary 2, p. 134: the unconditional version (37) of Lemma 2 for δ+ERk+1[s;p;X]\delta_+ ER_{k+1}[s; p; X]δ+​ERk+1​[s;p;X].

Significance

Theorem 3 turns the optimal nested protection levels into a sequence of equations in the joint distribution of the cumulative demands X1+⋯+XjX_1 + \dots + X_jX1​+⋯+Xj​. For k=1k = 1k=1 it is Littlewood's rule. For k≥2k \ge 2k≥2 it identifies exactly what EMSRa approximates: EMSRa replaces the joint event in (31) by separate pairwise comparisons, and the paper shows (§4) that EMSRa can both over- and underestimate the optimal protection levels. The conditions are also the input of numerical methods: given demand forecasts, the levels p1,p2,…p_1, p_2, \dotsp1​,p2​,… are found one after another by solving (31), and §3.3 notes that a continuous joint demand distribution guarantees a solution exists.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known they have no machine-checked proof. Related platform items cover the two-class, integer-seat case from Belobaba (1987) (SeatInventory.Nested.emsr_protection_level_optimal) and the integer marginal-seat-revenue analogue of (27). They use a different model: two classes, natural-number seats and first differences. This mission formalizes the multi-class statement with real-valued seats and one-sided derivatives. A sister mission of the series proves the existence of optimal integer policies for integer-valued demand (Theorem 2).

Difficulty

The expected revenue is not differentiable: for discrete demand it is piecewise linear, so first-order conditions must be stated with one-sided derivatives and subdifferentials. The natural approach, to optimize each protection level separately with the others fixed, fails without concavity, and concavity of ERk+1ER_{k+1}ERk+1​ in sss is not automatic. It holds only when the lower protection levels already satisfy the first-order conditions. Concavity and optimality must therefore be carried through one joint induction over the classes. Passing from (31) to (20) requires computing the right derivative of the expected revenue in closed form for every s≥pks \ge p_ks≥pk​. This involves exchanging differentiation with expectation and conditioning on one class's demand at a time.

Formalization scope

  • Classes are indexed by N\mathbb NN from 111; fares, demands and protection levels are sequences N→R\mathbb N \to \mathbb RN→R, with no bound on the number of classes. Seats and protection levels are real numbers.
  • Expectation is the Bochner integral on a probability space. The standing assumptions are a single predicate: probability measure, measurable nonnegative demands, mutual independence (iIndepFun), strictly decreasing fares.
  • E{⋅∣Xk}E\{\cdot \mid X_k\}E{⋅∣Xk​} evaluated at Xk=yX_k = yXk​=y is the integral with the kkk-th demand frozen at yyy. Because the demands are independent this is a version of the conditional expectation, and "with probability 1" becomes "for every y≥0y \ge 0y≥0", which is stronger.
  • One-sided derivatives are HasDerivWithinAt on half-lines and must exist; derivWithin, which returns 000 where no derivative exists, is not used. δ−g[0]=+∞\delta_- g[0] = +\inftyδ−​g[0]=+∞ is encoded as a disjunct.
  • Optimality is global: ppp beats every policy qqq at every level kkk and every s≥0s \ge 0s≥0. The page's proof of Theorem 1 shows coordinatewise optimality of pkp_kpk​, and the global form follows by induction on kkk.
  • Fares are not assumed positive in the model: under (20) or (31) with strictly decreasing fares, f1>0f_1 > 0f1​>0 follows. The milestone (27), stated with only the hypotheses on X1X_1X1​ that it needs, assumes X1≥0X_1 \ge 0X1​≥0 and f1≥0f_1 \ge 0f1​≥0, without which ER1ER_1ER1​ is not concave.
  • No continuity of the demand distribution is assumed. Theorem 3 is conditional on a solution of (31).
  • The page's hypothesis of Lemma 1 has the misprint "(p0,…,pk+1)(p_0, \dots, p_{k+1})(p0​,…,pk+1​)" for (p0,…,pk−1)(p_0, \dots, p_{k-1})(p0​,…,pk−1​). The formal statement uses the latter.

The goal assumes only the standing assumptions, p≥0p \ge 0p≥0, and (31). It does not assume concavity, condition (20) or any derivative formula: those are milestones. A formalization that quantified optimality over one level, one value of sss, or policies differing from ppp in one coordinate would be weaker than the paper and is excluded.

A complete development needs one-sided derivatives of integrals of piecewise-linear functions (dominated convergence for difference quotients), concavity of piecewise functions glued at points where the slopes decrease, and the independence calculus that turns E[E{⋅∣Xk+1}]E[E\{\cdot \mid X_{k+1}\}]E[E{⋅∣Xk+1​}] into an iterated integral. These pieces are reusable for other newsvendor-type and revenue-management models. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for Theorem 1, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. L. Brumelle and J. I. McGill, Airline Seat Allocation with Multiple Nested Fare Classes, Operations Research 41(1), 127–137, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.1.127
  • K. Littlewood, Forecasting and Control of Passenger Bookings, AGIFORS Symposium Proceedings 12, 95–117, 1972; reprinted in Journal of Revenue and Pricing Management 4(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1057/palgrave.rpm.5170134
  • P. P. Belobaba, Air Travel Demand and Airline Seat Inventory Management, PhD thesis, MIT, 1987. http://hdl.handle.net/1721.1/68077
  • P. P. Belobaba, Application of a Probabilistic Decision Model to Airline Seat Inventory Control, Operations Research 37(2), 183–197, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.2.183
  • K. T. Talluri and G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov Chain·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete-Time Controlled Markov Processes with Average Cost Criterion: A Survey 4: Under Sennott's Conditions an Average-Cost Optimal Stationary Policy ExistsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many controlled queueing, inventory and maintenance systems are modelled as controlled Markov processes (CMPs) on a countable state space whose one-stage cost grows without bound: the holding cost of a queue grows with its length. For such systems the natural performance measure is the long-run average cost, and the basic question is whether some simple policy, one that looks only at the current state and never randomizes, is optimal among all policies, including those that use the whole history.

When the cost is bounded, the classical answer goes through a bounded solution of the average cost optimality equation (ACOE). For unbounded costs, bounded solutions are rare: in many queueing models the relative value function grows with the state, and growth conditions such as (5.2) of the survey may fail (Arapostathis et al. 1993, p. 307). Sennott (1986; 1989) replaced boundedness by one-sided conditions on the discounted value functions, which are often easy to verify for queueing models because the relative values are bounded below. This mission formalizes Sennott's existence theorem in the form given in the survey of Arapostathis, Borkar, Fernández-Gaucherand, Ghosh and Marcus, Theorem 5.9.

Timeline. For bounded costs, Ross (1983, the survey's Theorem 5.2) obtained a bounded ACOE solution, and with it an optimal stationary policy, when the differential discounted values are uniformly bounded. Federgruen, Hordijk and Tijms (1979) treated unbounded costs under Lyapunov-type recurrence conditions, which restrict how fast the cost may grow (survey, Remark 5.7). Sennott (1986, 1989) replaced these by a uniform lower bound and a pointwise, one-step integrable upper bound on the differential discounted values. The survey (1993, Theorem 5.9) states the result with compact action sets and continuous data, and Sennott's 1999 book (§7.2) gives the finite-action version in textbook form.

Setting

The state space is S={0,1,2,… }S=\{0,1,2,\dots\}S={0,1,2,…}. For each state iii the set U(i)U(i)U(i) of admissible actions is a nonempty compact subset of a metric space AAA. Choosing a∈U(i)a\in U(i)a∈U(i) in state iii costs c(i,a)≥0c(i,a)\ge0c(i,a)≥0, and the next state is jjj with probability P(j∣i,a)P(j\mid i,a)P(j∣i,a). For fixed i,ji,ji,j, the maps a↦c(i,a)a\mapsto c(i,a)a↦c(i,a) and a↦P(j∣i,a)a\mapsto P(j\mid i,a)a↦P(j∣i,a) are continuous on U(i)U(i)U(i).

An admissible policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π chooses the action at time ttt according to a probability distribution πt(⋅∣ht)\pi_t(\cdot\mid h_t)πt​(⋅∣ht​) concentrated on U(xt)U(x_t)U(xt​), where ht=(x0,a0,…,xt)h_t=(x_0,a_0,\dots,x_t)ht​=(x0​,a0​,…,xt​) is the history; it may use the whole history and may randomize. A stationary deterministic policy f∈ΠSDf\in\Pi_{SD}f∈ΠSD​ is a map f:S→Af:S\to Af:S→A with f(i)∈U(i)f(i)\in U(i)f(i)∈U(i), applied at every step. Given an initial state iii and a policy π\piπ, the states and actions (Xt,At)(X_t,A_t)(Xt​,At​) form a stochastic process with law PiπP^\pi_iPiπ​ and expectation EiπE^\pi_iEiπ​.

For β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), the discounted cost and the average cost of π\piπ from iii are

Jβ(i,π)=Eiπ∑t=0∞βtc(Xt,At),J(i,π)=lim sup⁡N→∞1N Eiπ∑t=0N−1c(Xt,At),J_\beta(i,\pi)=E^\pi_i\sum_{t=0}^\infty\beta^tc(X_t,A_t),\qquad J(i,\pi)=\limsup_{N\to\infty}\frac1N\,E^\pi_i\sum_{t=0}^{N-1}c(X_t,A_t),Jβ​(i,π)=Eiπ​t=0∑∞​βtc(Xt​,At​),J(i,π)=N→∞limsup​N1​Eiπ​t=0∑N−1​c(Xt​,At​),

both in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The optimal values are Jβ∗(i)=inf⁡π∈ΠJβ(i,π)J^*_\beta(i)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J_\beta(i,\pi)Jβ∗​(i)=infπ∈Π​Jβ​(i,π) and J∗(i)=inf⁡π∈ΠJ(i,π)J^*(i)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J(i,\pi)J∗(i)=infπ∈Π​J(i,π), and the differential discounted value is hβ(i)=Jβ∗(i)−Jβ∗(0)h_\beta(i)=J^*_\beta(i)-J^*_\beta(0)hβ​(i)=Jβ∗​(i)−Jβ∗​(0). A policy f∈ΠSDf\in\Pi_{SD}f∈ΠSD​ is AC-optimal if J(i,f)=J∗(i)J(i,f)=J^*(i)J(i,f)=J∗(i) for every iii.

Sennott's conditions (Assumptions 5.14–5.16) are:

  1. Jβ∗(i)<∞J^*_\beta(i)<\inftyJβ∗​(i)<∞ for all i∈Si\in Si∈S and β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1);
  2. there is a nonnegative integer LLL with hβ(i)≥−Lh_\beta(i)\ge-Lhβ​(i)≥−L for all iii and β\betaβ;
  3. there is M:S→R+M:S\to\mathbb R_+M:S→R+​ with hβ(i)≤M(i)h_\beta(i)\le M(i)hβ​(i)≤M(i) for all iii and β\betaβ, and for each iii some a(i)∈U(i)a(i)\in U(i)a(i)∈U(i) with ∑jP(j∣i,a(i))M(j)<∞\sum_jP(j\mid i,a(i))M(j)<\infty∑j​P(j∣i,a(i))M(j)<∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.9

Under Assumptions 5.14–5.16, there is f∈ΠSD with J(i,f)=inf⁡π∈ΠJ(i,π)  for every i∈S.\text{Under Assumptions 5.14–5.16, there is } f\in\Pi_{SD}\text{ with } J(i,f)=\inf_{\pi\in\Pi}J(i,\pi)\ \text{ for every } i\in S.Under Assumptions 5.14–5.16, there is f∈ΠSD​ with J(i,f)=π∈Πinf​J(i,π)  for every i∈S.

The goal asserts only existence. It does not fix the optimal cost, and it does not claim that the optimal cost is constant or that an optimality equation holds.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1 (i), (iii), countable form: the discounted cost optimality equation Jβ∗(i)=inf⁡a∈U(i){c(i,a)+β∑jP(j∣i,a)Jβ∗(j)}J^*_\beta(i)=\inf_{a\in U(i)}\{c(i,a)+\beta\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)J^*_\beta(j)\}Jβ∗​(i)=infa∈U(i)​{c(i,a)+β∑j​P(j∣i,a)Jβ∗​(j)} and a β\betaβ-discount optimal fβ∈ΠSDf_\beta\in\Pi_{SD}fβ​∈ΠSD​.
  2. Display (5.15): (1−β)Jβ∗(0)+hβ(i)=c(i,fβ(i))+β∑jP(j∣i,fβ(i))hβ(j)(1-\beta)J^*_\beta(0)+h_\beta(i)=c(i,f_\beta(i))+\beta\sum_jP(j\mid i,f_\beta(i))h_\beta(j)(1−β)Jβ∗​(0)+hβ​(i)=c(i,fβ​(i))+β∑j​P(j∣i,fβ​(i))hβ​(j).
  3. The limit objects: along a subsequence βn→1\beta_n\to1βn​→1, fβn→ff_{\beta_n}\to ffβn​​→f, hβn→h≥−Lh_{\beta_n}\to h\ge-Lhβn​​→h≥−L pointwise, and (1−βn)Jβn∗(i)→ρ∗(1-\beta_n)J^*_{\beta_n}(i)\to\rho^*(1−βn​)Jβn​∗​(i)→ρ∗, a constant.
  4. The average cost optimality inequality (ACOI) ρ∗+h(i)≥c(i,f(i))+∑jP(j∣i,f(i))h(j)\rho^*+h(i)\ge c(i,f(i))+\sum_jP(j\mid i,f(i))h(j)ρ∗+h(i)≥c(i,f(i))+∑j​P(j∣i,f(i))h(j).
  5. An ACOI along fff with hhh bounded below gives J(i,f)≤ρJ(i,f)\le\rhoJ(i,f)≤ρ.
  6. Theorem A.2: the Abelian inequalities between Cesàro and Abel means (already on the platform).
  7. J(i,π)≥ρ∗J(i,\pi)\ge\rho^*J(i,π)≥ρ∗ for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.9 is the standard existence theorem for average-optimal stationary policies with unbounded costs on countable state spaces. Its conditions are verified routinely for controlled queues, where relative values are monotone in the queue length and hence bounded below. It shows that randomization and memory do not reduce the long-run average cost, and the ACOI it produces is the starting point for value and policy iteration and for structural results such as threshold policies.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the literature (Sennott 1989; Sennott 1999, Theorem 7.2.3; survey, p. 308). It has no machine-checked proof. The finite-action version, SennottDP.SEN.thm_7_2_3_sen_acoi, is posed on Prove2Me and still open; this mission poses the compact-action version, which needs continuity and compactness arguments that the finite case avoids. A formal proof also requires a general theory of history-dependent policies on path space (Ionescu-Tulcea), the discounted optimality equation with unbounded costs, and the passage from Abel to Cesàro means. All three are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument lets β→1\beta\to1β→1 in the discounted optimality equation (5.6). Two steps fail without more structure. First, hβh_\betahβ​ need not converge, and with unbounded costs it is not uniformly bounded, so the limit has to be taken pointwise along a subsequence, with only a lower bound uniform in the state. Second, the limit cannot be passed through the infinite sum ∑jP(j∣i,a)hβ(j)\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)h_\beta(j)∑j​P(j∣i,a)hβ​(j) by dominated convergence, because no integrable dominating function exists for every action. Only an inequality survives (Fatou), so the limit is an ACOI, not an equation. The inequality then has to be turned into optimality against all of Π\PiΠ, which includes history-dependent randomized policies whose costs are not described by any optimality equation. The lower bound for these comes from comparing Cesàro and Abel means, not from dynamic programming.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses the following representation and conventions.

  • States, actions, model. The state space is ℕ. The action space is a metric space with its Borel σ-algebra. U i is nonempty and compact, c is measurable and nonnegative on admissible pairs, P is a Markov kernel, and c(i,⋅)c(i,\cdot)c(i,⋅), P(j∣i,⋅)P(j\mid i,\cdot)P(j∣i,⋅) are continuous on U(i)U(i)U(i).
  • Policies. Π\PiΠ consists of all history-dependent randomized policies, with admissibility required almost surely. J∗J^*J∗ and Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​ are infima over all of Π\PiΠ, never over stationary policies only. Restricting the infimum to ΠSD\Pi_{SD}ΠSD​ would drop the Tauberian half of the theorem and is not the paper's statement.
  • Costs. Costs are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] against the Ionescu-Tulcea path measure, and the average cost is a limsup in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Explicit hypotheses. hβh_\betahβ​ is a difference of real parts and is used only under Assumption 5.14, so it is never read off an infinite Jβ∗J^*_\betaJβ∗​. The quantifiers over iii and β\betaβ in Assumption 5.15, implicit on the page, are universal, and LLL is a natural number as printed. Every series ∑jP(j∣i,a)h(j)\sum_jP(j\mid i,a)h(j)∑j​P(j∣i,a)h(j) carries a summability hypothesis or conclusion.
  • Corrected claim. Remark 5.8(a) as printed claims that any scalar ρ\rhoρ satisfying the ACOI with hhh bounded below is the optimal average cost. That is false (h≡0h\equiv0h≡0, ρ=sup⁡c\rho=\sup cρ=supc), so only the inequality J(i,f)≤ρJ(i,f)\le\rhoJ(i,f)≤ρ, which the proof uses, is stated.
  • Sequences. The milestones about limits are stated for any sequence βn∈(0,1)\beta_n\in(0,1)βn​∈(0,1) with βn→1\beta_n\to1βn​→1, not only increasing ones.

A trivializing formalization is excluded. Sennott's conditions are satisfiable (a one-action, zero-cost model satisfies all three), and AC-optimality is measured against all admissible policies, so the goal cannot hold vacuously or by a junk value.

Welcome contributions: the Markov property of the path measure for history-dependent policies; the discounted optimality equation for nonnegative unbounded costs; a measurable-selection or compactness argument for minimizing actions on compact U(i)U(i)U(i); Fatou's lemma for series with converging weights; and the Abelian inequalities in a form applied to expected costs.

Selected references

  • A. Arapostathis, V. S. Borkar, E. Fernández-Gaucherand, M. K. Ghosh, S. I. Marcus, Discrete-time controlled Markov processes with average cost criterion: a survey, SIAM J. Control Optim. 31(2) (1993) 282–344. https://doi.org/10.1137/0331018
  • L. I. Sennott, Average cost optimal stationary policies in infinite state Markov decision processes with unbounded costs, Oper. Res. 37(4) (1989) 626–633. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.4.626
  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, A new condition for the existence of optimal stationary policies in average cost Markov decision processes, Oper. Res. Lett. 5 (1986) 17–23 (reference [155] of the survey; no stable link checked).
  • S. M. Ross, Introduction to Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Academic Press, New York, 1983 (reference [150] of the survey).
  • A. Federgruen, A. Hordijk, H. C. Tijms, Denumerable state semi-Markov decision processes with unbounded costs, average cost criterion, Stochastic Process. Appl. 9 (1979) 223–235 (reference [53] of the survey).
  • R. Sznajder, J. A. Filar, Some comments on a theorem of Hardy and Littlewood, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 75 (1992) (reference [176] of the survey, cited for Theorem A.2).
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing Without Knowing the Demand Function: Risk Bounds and Near-Optimal Algorithms III: With One Unknown Parameter, Staged Re-estimation Has Regret O((log log n)(log n)^{1/2}/n^{1/2})Research Paper

Motivation

A seller with a fixed stock of a single product and a finite selling season must post prices without knowing how demand responds to price. Revenue management treats this as a constrained stochastic control problem; with the demand curve known, the problem was solved by Gallego and van Ryzin (Management Science, 1994). When the curve is unknown, every price posted also serves as an experiment, so the seller faces an exploration–exploitation trade-off. Unlike a multi-armed bandit, this problem has a continuum of actions and a hard inventory constraint.

Besbes and Zeevi (Operations Research, 2009) measure a pricing policy by its worst-case relative revenue loss against a full-information benchmark, in an asymptotic regime where inventory and demand grow together. They give three upper bounds. This mission takes the third, Proposition 5: when the demand model has a single unknown scalar parameter, a policy that keeps re-estimating that parameter in stages of growing length has regret O((log⁡log⁡n)(log⁡n)1/2/n1/2)O\big((\log\log n)(\log n)^{1/2}/n^{1/2}\big)O((loglogn)(logn)1/2/n1/2). The paper's lower bound for parametric families (Proposition 4) is of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, so the rate is optimal up to logarithmic factors.

Setting

Market. Prices lie in [p‾,p‾]∪{p∞}[\underline p,\overline p]\cup\{p_\infty\}[p​,p​]∪{p∞​} with 0<p‾<p‾<p∞0<\underline p<\overline p<p_\infty0<p​<p​<p∞​. Posting the off price p∞p_\inftyp∞​ stops demand. The seller starts with inventory x>0x>0x>0 and sells over the horizon [0,T][0,T][0,T], T>0T>0T>0.

Demand. A demand function λ\lambdaλ maps a price to a demand rate. The class L(M,K‾,K‾,m)\mathcal L(M,\underline K,\overline K,m)L(M,K​,K,m) consists of the functions that are non-increasing with an inverse γ\gammaγ on [p‾,p‾][\underline p,\overline p][p​,p​], have a concave revenue rate r(l)=lγ(l)r(l)=l\gamma(l)r(l)=lγ(l), are bounded by MMM, are K‾\overline KK-Lipschitz with a K‾−1\underline K^{-1}K​−1-Lipschitz inverse, and attain a revenue rate max⁡ppλ(p)≥m\max_p p\lambda(p)\ge mmaxp​pλ(p)≥m. The parametric family is λ(p;θ)\lambda(p;\theta)λ(p;θ), θ∈Θ=[θlo,θhi]\theta\in\Theta=[\theta_{\mathrm{lo}},\theta_{\mathrm{hi}}]θ∈Θ=[θlo​,θhi​], with every member in the class (Assumption 1). Assumption 2 adds a test price p1p_1p1​, differentiability of λ(p1;⋅)\sqrt{\lambda(p_1;\cdot)}λ(p1​;⋅)​ and the Lipschitz bound ∣λ(p;θ)−λ(p;θ′)∣≤K‾2∣θ−θ′∣|\lambda(p;\theta)-\lambda(p;\theta')|\le\overline K_2|\theta-\theta'|∣λ(p;θ)−λ(p;θ′)∣≤K2​∣θ−θ′∣. Assumption 3 requires inf⁡p,θλ(p;θ)>l0>0\inf_{p,\theta}\lambda(p;\theta)>l_0>0infp,θ​λ(p;θ)>l0​>0 and an α\alphaα-Lipschitz solution map d↦g(p,d)d\mapsto g(p,d)d↦g(p,d) of the equation λ(p;⋅)=d\lambda(p;\cdot)=dλ(p;⋅)=d.

Demand process. Let NNN be a unit-rate Poisson process. Under a price path p(⋅)p(\cdot)p(⋅) and parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗, the cumulative demand up to time ttt is N(∫0tλ(p(s);θ∗) ds)N\big(\int_0^t\lambda(p(s);\theta^*)\,ds\big)N(∫0t​λ(p(s);θ∗)ds). Sales stop when the inventory runs out.

Benchmark and regret. The deterministic relaxation JD(x,T∣θ)J^D(x,T\mid\theta)JD(x,T∣θ) is the supremum of ∫0Tp(s)λ(p(s);θ) ds\int_0^T p(s)\lambda(p(s);\theta)\,ds∫0T​p(s)λ(p(s);θ)ds over price paths with ∫0Tλ(p(s);θ) ds≤x\int_0^T\lambda(p(s);\theta)\,ds\le x∫0T​λ(p(s);θ)ds≤x. In the market of size nnn the inventory is nxnxnx and the demand nλn\lambdanλ. If Jnπ(x,T;θ)J^\pi_n(x,T;\theta)Jnπ​(x,T;θ) is the expected revenue of a policy π\piπ, its regret is Rnπ=1−Jnπ/JnD\mathcal R^\pi_n=1-J^\pi_n/J^D_nRnπ​=1−Jnπ​/JnD​.

Algorithm 3. Start from p^1=p1\hat p_1=p_1p^​1​=p1​ and use stages of lengths Δn(1),…,Δn(ℓn)\Delta^{(1)}_n,\dots,\Delta^{(\ell_n)}_nΔn(1)​,…,Δn(ℓn​)​ summing to TTT. Stage iii applies p^i\hat p_ip^​i​, estimates the demand rate d^i\hat d_id^i​ from the stage's demand, solves for θ^i=g(p^i,d^i)\hat\theta_i=g(\hat p_i,\hat d_i)θ^i​=g(p^​i​,d^i​), and sets p^i+1=max⁡{pu(θ^i),pc(θ^i)}\hat p_{i+1}=\max\{p^u(\hat\theta_i),p^c(\hat\theta_i)\}p^​i+1​=max{pu(θ^i​),pc(θ^i​)}. Here pu(θ)p^u(\theta)pu(θ) maximizes pλ(p;θ)p\lambda(p;\theta)pλ(p;θ) and pc(θ)p^c(\theta)pc(θ) minimizes ∣λ(p;θ)−x/T∣|\lambda(p;\theta)-x/T|∣λ(p;θ)−x/T∣. The tuning (19)–(20) is ℓn=(log⁡2)−1log⁡log⁡n\ell_n=(\log2)^{-1}\log\log nℓn​=(log2)−1loglogn stages with Δn(m)=βnn(aℓn/am)−1\Delta^{(m)}_n=\beta_n n^{(a_{\ell_n}/a_m)-1}Δn(m)​=βn​n(aℓn​​/am​)−1 and am=2m−1/(2m−1)a_m=2^{m-1}/(2^m-1)am​=2m−1/(2m−1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

∃ C>0, ∃ n0,∀n≥n0, ∀θ∈Θ:Rnπn(x,T;θ)≤C (log⁡log⁡n)(log⁡n)1/2n1/2.\exists\,C>0,\ \exists\,n_0,\quad \forall n\ge n_0,\ \forall\theta\in\Theta:\qquad \mathcal R^{\pi_n}_n(x,T;\theta)\le C\,\frac{(\log\log n)(\log n)^{1/2}}{n^{1/2}} .∃C>0, ∃n0​,∀n≥n0​, ∀θ∈Θ:Rnπn​​(x,T;θ)≤Cn1/2(loglogn)(logn)1/2​.

The constants are uniform in θ\thetaθ and nnn. This is the paper's (21): sup⁡θRnπ=O(⋅)\sup_\theta\mathcal R^{\pi}_n=O(\cdot)supθ​Rnπ​=O(⋅).

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Fact 1: JnD=nJDJ^D_n=nJ^DJnD​=nJD and JD≥mmin⁡{T,x/M}J^D\ge m\min\{T,x/M\}JD≥mmin{T,x/M} on the class.
  2. Lemma 1: the deterministic relaxation is solved by the fixed price pD=max⁡{pu,pc}p^D=\max\{p^u,p^c\}pD=max{pu,pc}.
  3. Lemma 2: Poisson deviation bounds at scale (log⁡n/rn)1/2(\log n/r_n)^{1/2}(logn/rn​)1/2.
  4. (A-27): a revenue lower bound that splits the loss into stage-wise terms and an overflow term.
  5. The per-stage revenue gap r(pD)−E r(p^i)≤C2(nΔn(i−1))−1/2r(p^D)-\mathbb E\,r(\hat p_i)\le C_2(n\Delta^{(i-1)}_n)^{-1/2}r(pD)−Er(p^​i​)≤C2​(nΔn(i−1)​)−1/2.
  6. (A-30): the stage-iii demand rate rarely exceeds the run-out rate.
  7. The overflow bound E[(Yn−nx)+]≤nC8(log⁡n)1/2naℓn−1\mathbb E[(Y_n-nx)^+]\le nC_8(\log n)^{1/2}n^{a_{\ell_n}-1}E[(Yn​−nx)+]≤nC8​(logn)1/2naℓn​​−1.
  8. (A-31): the revenue ratio before the exponents are evaluated.
  9. The rate estimate naℓn−1≤e n−1/2n^{a_{\ell_n}-1}\le e\,n^{-1/2}naℓn​​−1≤en−1/2.

Milestones 6–8 hold in the case λ(p‾;θ∗)≤x/T\lambda(\overline p;\theta^*)\le x/Tλ(p​;θ∗)≤x/T, the only case the paper's proof treats in detail.

Significance

Proposition 5 shows that with one unknown parameter, learning while earning reaches the n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2 rate, up to logarithms. The learn-then-price policies of Propositions 1 and 3 stop learning after an initial phase and reach only n−1/4n^{-1/4}n−1/4 and n−1/3n^{-1/3}n−1/3. The paper leaves open whether the multi-parameter case attains the lower bound.

The analysis combines a continuous-time controlled Poisson model, an inventory constraint and a staged estimator, which also appear in later work on dynamic pricing with learning. A formal development would provide a time-changed Poisson demand model with random stage boundaries, a deterministic-relaxation benchmark, and concentration bounds stated for the scales this literature uses.

The result is proved in the paper, but parts of the proof are only sketched. The case λ(p‾;θ∗)>x/T\lambda(\overline p;\theta^*)>x/Tλ(p​;θ∗)>x/T is dismissed with "a similar result holds". The per-stage gap is obtained "by parallel reasoning". Display (A-30) has a typographical error in its threshold. To our knowledge, none of these results has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

The naive argument conditions each stage on its start time, as if that time were deterministic. It is not: the stage boundaries Λi=∑j≤inλ(p^j;θ∗)Δn(j)\Lambda_i=\sum_{j\le i}n\lambda(\hat p_j;\theta^*)\Delta^{(j)}_nΛi​=∑j≤i​nλ(p^​j​;θ∗)Δn(j)​ depend on all earlier observations, so every per-stage estimate needs the strong Markov property of the Poisson process at a random time. The inventory constraint makes the revenue a nonlinear function of the whole demand path. Bounding the loss therefore means controlling estimation error and overflow at the same time. The geometric stage lengths (20) are chosen so that the stage losses Δn(i)/(nΔn(i−1))1/2\Delta^{(i)}_n/(n\Delta^{(i-1)}_n)^{1/2}Δn(i)​/(nΔn(i−1)​)1/2 are all of the same order. That balance has to be checked exactly, including the rounding of ℓn\ell_nℓn​ to an integer.

Formalization scope

  • Poisson process. A structure on an arbitrary probability space: N(0)=0N(0)=0N(0)=0, monotone right-continuous paths, measurable marginals, Poisson increments, and independent increments over finite partitions. No process is published on the platform.
  • Class and family. Conditions on λ\lambdaλ are imposed on [p‾,p‾]∪{p∞}[\underline p,\overline p]\cup\{p_\infty\}[p​,p​]∪{p∞​}, the only prices a path uses. The inverse γ\gammaγ is Function.invFunOn. Θ\ThetaΘ is a nonempty closed interval of R\mathbb RR.
  • Assumption 3. As printed it cannot hold for d>sup⁡θλ(p;θ)d>\sup_\theta\lambda(p;\theta)d>supθ​λ(p;θ). It is read as an α\alphaα-Lipschitz map g(p,⋅):[0,∞)→Θg(p,\cdot):[0,\infty)\to\Thetag(p,⋅):[0,∞)→Θ that inverts λ(p;⋅)\lambda(p;\cdot)λ(p;⋅) on Θ\ThetaΘ. ggg is jointly measurable, so that estimates at random prices are random variables.
  • Selections. pu,pcp^u,p^cpu,pc are any measurable selections of the maximizer and minimizer; the statements hold for each.
  • Inventory. The inventory is ⌊nx⌋\lfloor nx\rfloor⌊nx⌋ units, and sales are capped cumulative counts.
  • Time change. Eq. (1) is applied stage by stage with random stage boundaries.
  • Typos. In Algorithm 3, "λ(pi,θ)\lambda(p_i,\theta)λ(pi​,θ)" is read as λ(p^i;θ)\lambda(\hat p_i;\theta)λ(p^​i​;θ) and "x/tx/tx/t" as x/Tx/Tx/T.
  • Stages. ℓn=⌈log⁡2log⁡n⌉\ell_n=\lceil\log_2\log n\rceilℓn​=⌈log2​logn⌉.
  • Integrals. Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals of nonnegative quantities, converted to reals. The relaxation is a real supremum over measurable paths.
  • Asymptotics. The O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) is rendered with an explicit n0n_0n0​. The clause "asymptotically optimal" is omitted, since it needs the second half of Lemma 1.
  • Ruled out. Each of the following would trivialize the statement: removing the inventory cap, replacing the random stage boundaries by deterministic ones, fixing θ\thetaθ, letting CCC depend on θ\thetaθ, or using a non-measurable selection (whose expectation would be a junk value).

Contributions are welcome on every milestone. The Poisson process structure, its strong Markov property at stage boundaries, and Lemma 2 can be reused in other Poisson-demand pricing and queueing missions. Lemma 1 and Fact 1 are deterministic, and the rate estimate already has a local proof.

Selected references

  • O. Besbes and A. Zeevi, Dynamic Pricing Without Knowing the Demand Function: Risk Bounds and Near-Optimal Algorithms, Operations Research 57(6):1407–1420, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0640
  • G. Gallego and G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • K. Talluri and G. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Approximability of Single-Machine Scheduling with Precedence Constraints 6: The Optimal Value of S_G Lies Between n² − an²(ln 1/a + 2) and n² − an²Research Paper

Motivation

The problem 1 ∣ prec ∣ ∑wjCj1\,|\,\mathrm{prec}\,|\,\sum w_jC_j1∣prec∣∑wj​Cj​ asks for a single-machine sequence of jobs, respecting precedence constraints, that minimizes the weighted sum of completion times. It has been known to be strongly NP-hard since Lawler (1978) and Lenstra and Rinnooy Kan (1978), several different 2-approximation algorithms are known, and closing the approximability gap is listed by Schuurman and Woeginger (1999) as one of ten outstanding open problems in scheduling theory. Ambühl, Mastrolilli, Mutsanas and Svensson (Math. Oper. Res. 36(4), 2011) give the first inapproximability result for this problem: under a widely believed complexity assumption it has no polynomial-time approximation scheme (PTAS). The bridge to that result is a quantitative link, Lemma 9.1, between the optimal value of a special bipartite scheduling instance and the maximum edge biclique of a bipartite graph, a problem whose hardness of approximation was established by Ambühl, Mastrolilli and Svensson (FOCS 2007). This mission formalizes that link.

Setting

A schedule of a finite job set is a sequence σ\sigmaσ listing every job once; the machine processes the jobs in that order from time 000 without idle time or pre-emption. Job jjj has a processing time pjp_jpj​ and a weight wjw_jwj​; its completion time CjC_jCj​ is the sum of the processing times of the jobs up to and including jjj, and the value of σ\sigmaσ is val(σ)=∑jwjCj\mathrm{val}(\sigma)=\sum_j w_jC_jval(σ)=∑j​wj​Cj​. Precedence constraints are a relation PPP on jobs: (i,j)∈P(i,j)\in P(i,j)∈P with i≠ji\ne ji=j means job iii must be completed before job jjj starts. A schedule respecting all of them is feasible, and a feasible schedule σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ of least value is optimal.

Let G=(U,V,E)G=(U,V,E)G=(U,V,E) be an nnn-by-nnn bipartite graph: ∣U∣=∣V∣=n|U|=|V|=n∣U∣=∣V∣=n and E⊆U×VE\subseteq U\times VE⊆U×V. An edge biclique is a pair A⊆UA\subseteq UA⊆U, B⊆VB\subseteq VB⊆V with A×B⊆EA\times B\subseteq EA×B⊆E, of value ∣A∣⋅∣B∣|A|\cdot|B|∣A∣⋅∣B∣; the maximum edge biclique problem (Definition 9.1) asks for one of largest value. The bipartite scheduling instance SGS_GSG​ has jobs U∪VU\cup VU∪V and precedence constraints

P=(U×V)∖E,P=(U\times V)\setminus E,P=(U×V)∖E,

so u∈Uu\in Uu∈U must precede v∈Vv\in Vv∈V exactly when (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) is not an edge. Jobs of UUU have p=1p=1p=1, w=0w=0w=0; jobs of VVV have p=0p=0p=0, w=1w=1w=1. Thus val(σ)=∑v∈VCv\mathrm{val}(\sigma)=\sum_{v\in V}C_vval(σ)=∑v∈V​Cv​, where CvC_vCv​ is the number of UUU-jobs scheduled before vvv. For i≥1i\ge1i≥1, σ(i)\sigma(i)σ(i) denotes the number of VVV-jobs scheduled before iii jobs of UUU have been scheduled.

In the Lean development these are weightedCompletion, IsOptimalSchedule, IsEdgeBiclique, maxBicliqueValue, precSG, procSG, weightSG, valSG, IsOptimalSG and vBefore in the namespace SingleMachinePrec.Biclique.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 9.1 (p. 666)

If a maximum edge biclique of GGG has value an2an^2an2 with a∈(0,1]a\in(0,1]a∈(0,1], then SGS_GSG​ has an optimal schedule and every optimal schedule σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ satisfies

n2−an2(ln⁡1a+2)≤val(σ∗)≤n2−an2.n^2-an^2\Bigl(\ln\frac1a+2\Bigr)\le\mathrm{val}(\sigma^*)\le n^2-an^2 .n2−an2(lna1​+2)≤val(σ∗)≤n2−an2.

Milestones (proof of Lemma 9.1, §9, p. 666)

  1. For every edge biclique (A,B)(A,B)(A,B), a schedule in the block order U∖A→B→A→V∖BU\setminus A\to B\to A\to V\setminus BU∖A→B→A→V∖B exists, and every such schedule is feasible with
val(σ)=n2−∣A∣⋅∣B∣.\mathrm{val}(\sigma)=n^2-|A|\cdot|B| .val(σ)=n2−∣A∣⋅∣B∣.
  1. For every schedule, σ(n+1)=n\sigma(n+1)=nσ(n+1)=n and
val(σ)=∑i=1n(σ(i+1)−σ(i))i=n2−∑i=1nσ(i).\mathrm{val}(\sigma)=\sum_{i=1}^n\bigl(\sigma(i+1)-\sigma(i)\bigr)i=n^2-\sum_{i=1}^n\sigma(i).val(σ)=i=1∑n​(σ(i+1)−σ(i))i=n2−i=1∑n​σ(i).
  1. For every feasible schedule and i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n,
σ(i)(n−i+1)≤an2,σ(i)≤n.\sigma(i)(n-i+1)\le an^2,\qquad \sigma(i)\le n .σ(i)(n−i+1)≤an2,σ(i)≤n.

Significance

Lemma 9.1 shows that the optimal value of SGS_GSG​ determines the maximum edge biclique of GGG up to a factor of order ln⁡(1/a)\ln(1/a)ln(1/a) in the "area above the work line" n2−val(σ∗)n^2-\mathrm{val}(\sigma^*)n2−val(σ∗). Combined with the hardness of approximating maximum edge biclique (Theorem 9.1, cited from Ambühl, Mastrolilli and Svensson 2007) it yields Theorem 9.2: 1 ∣ prec ∣ ∑wjCj1\,|\,\mathrm{prec}\,|\,\sum w_jC_j1∣prec∣∑wj​Cj​ has no PTAS unless SAT can be decided by a probabilistic algorithm in time 2Nϵ2^{N^\epsilon}2Nϵ for every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0. It also makes precise the two-dimensional Gantt chart picture of Eastman, Even and Isaacs (1964) and of Goemans and Williamson (2000), in which every point on the work line of a schedule defines an edge biclique.

The lemma is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere to our knowledge. A formal proof certifies the combinatorial core of the no-PTAS result independently of the complexity-theoretic layer, and its definitions (the bipartite instance SGS_GSG​, edge bicliques, the profile σ(i)\sigma(i)σ(i)) are reusable for the gap inequality behind Theorem 9.2.

Difficulty

The upper bound is a direct computation on one explicit schedule. The lower bound is a statement about every feasible schedule, of which there are exponentially many, and it must hold with the explicit constant 222 and the factor ln⁡(1/a)\ln(1/a)ln(1/a) for every a∈(0,1]a\in(0,1]a∈(0,1]. The printed argument splits the sum at i=(1−a)ni=(1-a)ni=(1−a)n and uses ⌊an⌋\lfloor an\rfloor⌊an⌋, treating ananan as an integer; for general aaa (for example n=3n=3n=3, value 222, an=2/3an=2/3an=2/3) the split point is not an integer, so the printed estimate does not apply verbatim and the constant 222 has to be re-checked for non-integral ananan. On the formal side, the value identity requires relating completion times in a list to counting UUU-jobs before each VVV-job, with ties among zero-length jobs.

Formalization scope

Jobs are the disjoint union U ⊕ V of two finite types with Fintype.card U = Fintype.card V = n; EEE is a relation U → V → Prop. A schedule is a duplicate-free list containing every job; feasibility is the published LawlerPrec.MinMax.IsFeasible and completion times are the published MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime (time 000 start, no idle time). Processing times and weights are reals, here in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. The maximum edge biclique value is the maximum of ∣A∣⋅∣B∣|A|\cdot|B|∣A∣⋅∣B∣ over all edge bicliques, the empty ones included, so the hypothesis a>0a>0a>0 means E≠∅E\ne\emptysetE=∅. The logarithm is natural (Real.log).

Conventions and readings committed to:

  • The goal is stated for every optimal schedule, and the existence of an optimal schedule is a separate conclusion, so the bounds cannot hold vacuously. Proving the bounds for one particular schedule, or for an optimal value defined as an infimum that could be a junk default, would not be this lemma.
  • No integrality hypothesis on ananan is added.
  • Milestones 2 and 3 are stated for every schedule (respectively every feasible schedule), not only for σ∗\sigma^*σ∗; milestone 1 states the value of the block-order schedule as an equality, where the paper writes "≤⋯=\le\cdots=≤⋯=".
  • The paper's P=(U×V)∖EP=(U\times V)\setminus EP=(U×V)∖E is irreflexive; feasibility only constrains distinct jobs, so it agrees with the reflexive partial order of §1.

Not formalized: Theorem 9.1 (cited hardness of maximum edge biclique) and Theorem 9.2 (no PTAS under a complexity assumption); no polynomial-time or complexity-theoretic statement appears in the mission. Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones and of the goal; Mathlib's bounds on harmonic numbers (Mathlib/NumberTheory/Harmonic/Bounds.lean) are the relevant library.

Selected references

  • C. Ambühl, M. Mastrolilli, N. Mutsanas, O. Svensson, On the Approximability of Single-Machine Scheduling with Precedence Constraints, Mathematics of Operations Research 36(4):653–669, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0512
  • C. Ambühl, M. Mastrolilli, O. Svensson, Inapproximability results for sparsest cut, optimal linear arrangement, and precedence constraint scheduling, Proc. 48th IEEE FOCS, 329–337, 2007 (reference [4] of the paper).
  • W. L. Eastman, S. Even, I. M. Isaacs, Bounds for the optimal scheduling of n jobs on m processors, Management Science 11(2):268–279, 1964 (reference [11]).
  • M. X. Goemans, D. P. Williamson, Two-dimensional Gantt charts and a scheduling algorithm of Lawler, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 13(3):281–294, 2000 (reference [15]).
  • P. Schuurman, G. J. Woeginger, Polynomial time approximation algorithms for machine scheduling: ten open problems, J. Scheduling 2(5):203–213, 1999 (reference [36]).
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing Without Knowing the Demand Function: Risk Bounds and Near-Optimal Algorithms II: The Parametric Learn-then-Price Policy Has Regret at Most C(log n)^{1/2}/n^{1/3}Research Paper

Why learn demand while pricing?

A seller with a fixed inventory must choose prices before knowing how customers respond to them. A price that earns a high margin can sell too slowly; a price that sells quickly can exhaust stock before the selling season ends. Learning demand uses time and inventory, so the seller must account for the cost of its own experiments. This mission formalizes the parametric policy and regret bound of Besbes and Zeevi (2009), Proposition 3. Their setting differs from a finite-arm bandit: the permitted ordinary prices form an interval, customer arrivals are random, and the available stock caps total sales.

The paper first analyzes a nonparametric class with a slower upper bound in Proposition 1, then imposes a known finite-dimensional form on the unknown demand curve in Section 5. Proposition 3 shows how that additional information improves the regret rate for its Algorithm 2. The authors also prove a lower bound for a suitable parametric family in Proposition 4; that result is outside this mission's capstone, which concerns the performance guarantee of the concrete policy.

Market, demand, and policy

The selling horizon has length T>0T>0T>0, and the initial stock is x>0x>0x>0. An ordinary price ppp lies in [p‾,p‾][\underline p,\overline p][p​,p​], with 0<p‾<p‾0<\underline p<\overline p0<p​<p​. The special price p∞>0p_\infty>0p∞​>0 stops demand. At parameter θ∈Θ⊆Rk\theta\in\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^kθ∈Θ⊆Rk, the demand rate is λ(p;θ)≥0\lambda(p;\theta)\ge0λ(p;θ)≥0. The parameter set Θ\ThetaΘ is nonempty, compact, and convex; kkk is positive. The seller knows the family λ(⋅;θ)\lambda(\cdot;\theta)λ(⋅;θ) but does not know the true parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗.

For each parameter, demand is nonincreasing in the price and has an inverse γ(⋅;θ)\gamma(\cdot;\theta)γ(⋅;θ) on the attainable rate interval. The rate revenue is r(ℓ;θ)=ℓγ(ℓ;θ)r(\ell;\theta)=\ell\gamma(\ell;\theta)r(ℓ;θ)=ℓγ(ℓ;θ), a concave function of the rate. Every member of the family satisfies Assumption 1 with the same positive constants M,K‾,K‾,mM,\underline K,\overline K,mM,K​,K,m: demand is at most MMM, its price variation is at most K‾\overline KK times the price difference, its inverse is K‾−1\underline K^{-1}K​−1-Lipschitz, and some ordinary price earns revenue rate at least mmm. These conditions define the class in which the bound is uniform. See §§3–4.2 of the source.

Customer requests follow a unit-rate Poisson process NNN run on a demand-dependent clock. Under price p(t)p(t)p(t), cumulative requests at time ttt equal N(∫0tλ(p(s);θ∗) ds)N(\int_0^t\lambda(p(s);\theta^*)\,ds)N(∫0t​λ(p(s);θ∗)ds). The market of size nnn has stock nxnxnx and rate nλn\lambdanλ. Sales stop when stock runs out. The deterministic relaxation JnDJ_n^DJnD​ is the best integrated rate revenue over measurable price paths satisfying the expected-demand stock constraint, with the same scaling. The policy revenue JnπJ_n^\piJnπ​ is its expected sales revenue, and its relative regret is Rnπ=1−Jnπ/JnDR_n^\pi=1-J_n^\pi/J_n^DRnπ​=1−Jnπ​/JnD​. Fact 1 states JnD=nJDJ_n^D=nJ^DJnD​=nJD and gives a positive uniform lower bound on JDJ^DJD.

Assumption 2 selects kkk distinct ordinary test prices. Their mean rates identify the parameter through a Lipschitz inverse map ggg, and demand changes at most K‾2∥θ−θ′∥∞\overline K_2\|\theta-\theta'\|_\inftyK2​∥θ−θ′∥∞​ as the parameter varies. The square root of each test-price rate is differentiable on Θ\ThetaΘ. Algorithm 2 spends τn\tau_nτn​ time units testing these prices in equal subintervals, estimates each rate from its Poisson count increment, and sets θ^=g(d^)\widehat\theta=g(\widehat d)θ=g(d). It then posts p^=max⁡{pu(θ^),pc(θ^)}\widehat p=\max\{p^u(\widehat\theta),p^c(\widehat\theta)\}p​=max{pu(θ),pc(θ)}, where pup^upu maximizes revenue rate and pcp^cpc minimizes the distance of demand to x/Tx/Tx/T. It keeps that price until time TTT or stock-out. See §5.1–5.2.

Formalization targets

The capstone is the uniform bound in Proposition 3, equation (17). With τn≍n−1/3\tau_n\asymp n^{-1/3}τn​≍n−1/3, the mission asks for one constant C>0C>0C>0, independent of nnn, θ∗\theta^*θ∗, the optimizer choices, and the probability space, such that

∀θ∗∈Θ,Rnπ(x,T;θ∗)≤Clog⁡nn1/3(n≥2).\forall\theta^*\in\Theta,\qquad R_n^\pi(x,T;\theta^*)\le C\frac{\sqrt{\log n}}{n^{1/3}}\quad(n\ge2).∀θ∗∈Θ,Rnπ​(x,T;θ∗)≤Cn1/3logn​​(n≥2).

The intermediate quantitative target is equation (A-25), which retains the learning time:

Rnπ≤C3mD(τn+log⁡nnτn),mD=mmin⁡{T,x/M}.R_n^\pi\le\frac{C_3}{m^D}\left(\tau_n+\frac{\sqrt{\log n}}{\sqrt{n\tau_n}}\right),\qquad m^D=m\min\{T,x/M\}.Rnπ​≤mDC3​​(τn​+nτn​​logn​​),mD=mmin{T,x/M}.

The milestone list also carries Fact 1, the optimal deterministic price path and value from the first assertion of Lemma 1, both Poisson tails of Lemma 2, the pricing-phase revenue bound (A-17), the deterministic stability bounds (A-19), (A-22), and (A-23), and the parameter-estimation bound of Lemma 6. The paper's assertion that the policy is “asymptotically optimal” follows from the displayed regret estimate together with nonnegative regret; the displayed numerical estimate is the formal goal.

What the result provides

A finite-dimensional demand model lets the seller learn from a fixed set of kkk prices rather than probing an increasingly fine price grid. Proposition 3 quantifies the resulting revenue loss at O(log⁡n n−1/3)O(\sqrt{\log n}\,n^{-1/3})O(logn​n−1/3), compared with the paper's O(log⁡n n−1/4)O(\sqrt{\log n}\,n^{-1/4})O(logn​n−1/4) upper bound for its nonparametric learn-then-price policy. Both guarantees compare actual expected revenue with the full-information deterministic benchmark, including stock-out. These rates are proved in the article; the mission seeks machine-checked Lean proofs of the stated model, auxiliary bounds, and capstone. No such proof is claimed here.

The formalization would also provide reusable interfaces for a unit-rate Poisson counting process, deterministic inventory-constrained revenue optimization, measurable price selectors, and a random price chosen from normalized count observations. The later single-parameter policy in the paper uses related ideas but is a separate mission with different stages and a different rate.

Main difficulty

A rate estimate can be close to the true rate while the selected price changes between two different optimizers: the unconstrained revenue maximizer and the price that matches inventory to expected demand. A bound for only one optimizer does not control the maximum of the two. The learning price is random, and the number of requests in the pricing phase is evaluated at a random Poisson clock. Stock-out further couples the learning phase to the amount available for later sales. These features prevent a direct substitution of an ordinary parameter-estimation bound into the final revenue formula.

Formalization scope

Lean uses Fin(k)→R\mathrm{Fin}(k)\to\mathbb RFin(k)→R with its sup norm for parameter vectors, a finite positive off price, and a Poisson process on an arbitrary probability space. Each demand curve is defined on all real prices but is constrained on [p‾,p‾][\underline p,\overline p][p​,p​] and at p∞p_\inftyp∞​; the inverse and concavity conditions apply on the attainable rate interval. The deterministic benchmark is a real supremum over measurable, integrable admissible price paths. The class assumptions make its value nonempty and bounded. Policy revenue uses a nonnegative integral of pathwise revenue, avoiding a default zero from a nonintegrable signed expectation.

Inventory is measured in whole units, so the cap is ⌊nx⌋\lfloor nx\rfloor⌊nx⌋, equal to the paper's nxnxnx when that quantity is integral. Test-price observations remain uncapped in the formula for d^\widehat dd; if stock runs out during learning, capped later sales are already zero. The continuous optimizer choices are measurable selections satisfying the actual max/min properties for every member of Θ\ThetaΘ. The bound is uniform over these choices and over all unit-rate Poisson processes.

The printed Assumption 2(i)b asks for a solution to the test-rate equations for every vector in Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Such a solution cannot always lie in compact Θ\ThetaΘ, although the proof applies Assumption 2(ii) to θ^\widehat\thetaθ. Here ggg is a Lipschitz map into Θ\ThetaΘ that recovers each true parameter from its test-rate vector; it can be viewed as the unconstrained inverse followed by a nonexpansive projection in the paper's box example. This explicit convention is required to make the estimate and subsequent use of Assumption 2(ii) coherent. It is an interpretive repair of the printed condition.

The paper prints the regret bound for n≥1n\ge1n≥1, where log⁡1=0\sqrt{\log1}=0log1​=0. The exploration policy can lose revenue at n=1n=1n=1, so the formal theorem starts at n≥2n\ge2n≥2. The comparison τn≍n−1/3\tau_n\asymp n^{-1/3}τn​≍n−1/3 is encoded by positive lower and upper multipliers after a fixed threshold, with 0<τn≤T0<\tau_n\le T0<τn​≤T for all relevant market sizes. This admits the usual finite initial adjustments and leaves the bound uniform over the sequence. No fixed demand curve, known parameter, finite price grid, or uncapped sales model can satisfy this target by substitution.

Selected references

  • Omar Besbes and Assaf Zeevi, Dynamic Pricing Without Knowing the Demand Function: Risk Bounds and Near-Optimal Algorithms, Operations Research 57(6), 2009, authors' final manuscript revised December 16, 2007. DOI: 10.1287/opre.1080.0640.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Approximability of Single-Machine Scheduling with Precedence Constraints 4: Vertex Cover in Connected Graphs of Degree ≤ 3 Reduces to Weighted Vertex Cover for Interval-Order InstancesResearch Paper

Motivation

In the single-machine scheduling problem 1∣prec∣∑wjCj1|\mathrm{prec}|\sum w_jC_j1∣prec∣∑wj​Cj​, a set NNN of nnn jobs, each with a processing time pj≥0p_j\ge 0pj​≥0 and a weight wj≥0w_j\ge 0wj​≥0, is processed on one machine without interruption, subject to precedence constraints given by a partial order PPP on NNN. The aim is to minimize the weighted sum of completion times ∑jwjCj\sum_j w_jC_j∑j​wj​Cj​. The problem is strongly NP-hard for general precedence constraints (Lawler 1978; Lenstra and Rinnooy Kan 1978), and its approximability was a recurring open question in scheduling theory (Schuurman and Woeginger 1999).

A line of work by Chudak and Hochbaum, Correa and Schulz, and Ambühl and Mastrolilli showed that the problem is a special case of minimum weighted vertex cover in a graph GPSG^S_PGPS​ built from the instance. Many problems on partial orders become polynomial when the order is an interval order, so it is natural to ask whether this one does too. Section 7 of Ambühl, Mastrolilli, Mutsanas and Svensson (Math. Oper. Res. 2011) answers no: the problem stays NP-hard on interval orders. The proof is a reduction from vertex cover in connected graphs of maximum degree 3. This mission formalizes the correctness of that reduction.

Setting

A poset P=(N,P)P=(N,P)P=(N,P) is read as a reflexive relation: (x,y)∈P(x,y)\in P(x,y)∈P means x≤yx\le yx≤y. Jobs x,yx,yx,y are incomparable if neither (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) nor (y,x)(y,x)(y,x) is in PPP, and inc⁡(P)\operatorname{inc}(P)inc(P) is the set of ordered incomparable pairs. The vertex cover graph GPSG^S_PGPS​ has one node (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) for each incomparable pair, weighted piwjp_iw_jpi​wj​. Two nodes (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) and (k,ℓ)(k,\ell)(k,ℓ) are adjacent if j=kj=kj=k and i=ℓi=\elli=ℓ, or j=kj=kj=k and (i,ℓ)∈P(i,\ell)\in P(i,ℓ)∈P, or (i,ℓ)∈P(i,\ell)\in P(i,ℓ)∈P and (k,j)∈P(k,j)\in P(k,j)∈P. Write w(CI)w(C_I)w(CI​) for the minimum weight of a vertex cover of GISG^S_IGIS​.

A poset is an interval order if each element xxx can be assigned a closed real interval [ax,bx][a_x,b_x][ax​,bx​] such that x<yx<yx<y if and only if bx<ayb_x<a_ybx​<ay​.

The reduction starts from a graph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) with vertices v1,…,vNv_1,\dots,v_Nv1​,…,vN​ and a spanning tree T=(V,ET)T=(V,E_T)T=(V,ET​) rooted at v1v_1v1​, numbered so that each parent comes before its children. The paper uses a breadth-first search tree.

  • Stage 1. The graph G′G'G′ is built from TTT. Each viv_ivi​ gets a pendant path vi−u1i−u2iv_i - u^i_1 - u^i_2vi​−u1i​−u2i​. Each non-tree edge {vi,vj}∈E∖ET\{v_i,v_j\}\in E\setminus E_T{vi​,vj​}∈E∖ET​ with i<ji<ji<j gets the path vi−e1ij−e2ij−u2jv_i - e^{ij}_1 - e^{ij}_2 - u^j_2vi​−e1ij​−e2ij​−u2j​. The non-tree edges themselves are not edges of G′G'G′.
  • Stage 2. The scheduling instance SSS has jobs s0s_0s0​, s1,…,sNs_1,\dots,s_Ns1​,…,sN​, m1,…,mNm_1,\dots,m_Nm1​,…,mN​, e1,…,eNe_1,\dots,e_Ne1​,…,eN​, and bijb_{ij}bij​ for each non-tree edge. Their intervals, processing times and weights are given in a table on p. 662. For example, sjs_jsj​ has interval [i,j][i,j][i,j], processing time 1/kj1/k^j1/kj and weight kik^iki, where viv_ivi​ is the parent of vjv_jvj​. The precedence constraints III are the interval order of these intervals. With nnn the number of jobs, the parameter is k=n2+1k=n^2+1k=n2+1.
  • The set DDD. It is {(s0,s1)}∪{(si,sj):vi parent of vj}∪{(si,mi),(mi,ei)}∪{(si,bij),(bij,mj)}\{(s_0,s_1)\}\cup\{(s_i,s_j): v_i \text{ parent of } v_j\}\cup\{(s_i,m_i),(m_i,e_i)\}\cup\{(s_i,b_{ij}),(b_{ij},m_j)\}{(s0​,s1​)}∪{(si​,sj​):vi​ parent of vj​}∪{(si​,mi​),(mi​,ei​)}∪{(si​,bij​),(bij​,mj​)}. The graph GI′G'_IGI′​ is the subgraph of GISG^S_IGIS​ induced by DDD.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (p. 661)

For every connected graph GGG of maximum degree at most 333, every parent-first spanning tree TTT and every m∈Nm\in\mathbb Nm∈N, the precedence constraints III of SSS form an interval order, and

G has a vertex cover of size≤m  ⟺  ⌊w(CI)⌋≤m+∣V∣+∣E∖ET∣.G \text{ has a vertex cover of size} \le m \iff \lfloor w(C_I)\rfloor \le m + |V| + |E\setminus E_T|.G has a vertex cover of size≤m⟺⌊w(CI​)⌋≤m+∣V∣+∣E∖ET​∣.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Claim 1 (p. 662): τ(G′)=τ(G)+∣V∣+∣E∖ET∣\tau(G') = \tau(G)+|V|+|E\setminus E_T|τ(G′)=τ(G)+∣V∣+∣E∖ET​∣, where τ\tauτ is the vertex cover number.
  • Remark 7.1 (p. 662): for jobs with intervals [a,b][a,b][a,b] and [c,d][c,d][c,d] and a≤da\le da≤d, pi≤1/k⌈b⌉p_i\le 1/k^{\lceil b\rceil}pi​≤1/k⌈b⌉ and wj≤k⌈c⌉w_j\le k^{\lceil c\rceil}wj​≤k⌈c⌉. On incomparable pairs piwj∈{1}∪[0,1/k]p_iw_j\in\{1\}\cup[0,1/k]pi​wj​∈{1}∪[0,1/k]. Moreover, piwj≥kp_iw_j\ge kpi​wj​≥k forces b<cb<cb<c, and piwj=1p_iw_j=1pi​wj​=1 forces ⌈b⌉=⌈c⌉\lceil b\rceil=\lceil c\rceil⌈b⌉=⌈c⌉.
  • Claim 2 (p. 663): an incomparable pair (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) has piwj=1p_iw_j=1pi​wj​=1 if it is in DDD, and piwj≤1/kp_iw_j\le 1/kpi​wj​≤1/k otherwise.
  • Claim 3 (p. 663): GI′≅G′G'_I\cong G'GI′​≅G′.
  • §7, p. 664: with k=n2+1k=n^2+1k=n2+1, ∑(i,j)∈inc⁡(I)∖Dpiwj<1\sum_{(i,j)\in\operatorname{inc}(I)\setminus D}p_iw_j<1∑(i,j)∈inc(I)∖D​pi​wj​<1, and hence w(CI′)=⌊w(CI)⌋w(C'_I)=\lfloor w(C_I)\rfloorw(CI′​)=⌊w(CI​)⌋.

Significance

The result. Interval orders are a standard tractable class: several scheduling and order-theoretic problems that are hard in general become polynomial on them (Papadimitriou and Yannakakis 1979). Theorem 7.1 puts 1∣prec∣∑wjCj1|\mathrm{prec}|\sum w_jC_j1∣prec∣∑wj​Cj​ outside this pattern. Section 6 of the same paper shows that the problem nonetheless has a 3/23/23/2-approximation on interval orders, so hardness and approximability are separated on this class. The paper also remarks that the proof makes weighted vertex cover NP-hard to approximate within some factor r>1r>1r>1 on the graphs GISG^S_IGIS​ arising from interval orders.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper. Nothing in this mission is open, and none of it has been machine-checked before. The work splits into the following parts:

  • a gadget argument on unweighted vertex covers (Claim 1, after Alimonti and Kann);
  • an exact case analysis of incomparable pairs in a concrete interval order (Remark 7.1, Claim 2);
  • a graph isomorphism (Claim 3);
  • a rounding argument that links weighted and unweighted optima.

The definitions of GPSG^S_PGPS​ and of minimum-weight vertex covers are shared with the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The construction is explicit, and each step is elementary. The work is in the bookkeeping. Claim 2 requires classifying every incomparable pair of jobs, including pairs of different kinds such as (bij,sℓ)(b_{ij}, s_\ell)(bij​,sℓ​), by comparing ceilings of interval endpoints. Half-integer endpoints (mim_imi​, bijb_{ij}bij​) are exactly what separates weight-one pairs from comparable ones. Claim 3 requires checking adjacency in GISG^S_IGIS​ for all pairs of nodes of DDD in both directions. The paper writes out two cases in each direction and calls the rest similar.

Claim 1 has a direction that is not simply local. A vertex cover of G′G'G′ that misses both endpoints of a non-tree edge has to be repaired by swapping gadget vertices, and the repair must be repeated without increasing the size.

A natural first idea is to treat the light nodes (weight at most 1/k1/k1/k) as negligible one at a time. This does not suffice: the argument needs their total weight to stay below 111, which is what forces kkk to grow with n2n^2n2.

Formalization scope

  • Graph and tree. GGG is a SimpleGraph (Fin N); vertex vi+1v_{i+1}vi+1​ is i, and the root is index 0. The tree is a TreeLayout: a parent function returning none exactly at the root, with each parent of smaller index and adjacent in GGG. The statements hold for every such layout. This is stronger than the paper's breadth-first tree, and the proof uses only "parent before child".
  • Hypotheses of the goal. Connectivity and the degree bound ((G.neighborSet v).ncard ≤ 3) are kept as in the paper. They matter only for the NP-completeness of the source problem.
  • Jobs. The jobs form an inductive type with one constructor per row of the table. Their order is a PartialOrder instance: x≤yx\le yx≤y iff x=yx=yx=y or bx<ayb_x<a_ybx​<ay​. Processing times and weights are real numbers. Section 1 of the paper asks for nonnegative integers, but the instance uses 1/kj1/k^j1/kj and the formalization follows the instance as printed.
  • Constants. The constants are explicit: k=n2+1k=n^2+1k=n2+1 with nnn the cardinality of the job type, and c=∣V∣+∣E∖ET∣c=|V|+|E\setminus E_T|c=∣V∣+∣E∖ET​∣. Remark 7.1 and Claim 2 are stated for every real k>1k>1k>1.
  • Optimum values. w(CI)w(C_I)w(CI​) is a minimum over the finite family of vertex covers. Unweighted cover numbers are Mathlib's SimpleGraph.vertexCoverNum. The floor is Nat.floor, which agrees with the integer floor because w(CI)≥0w(C_I)\ge 0w(CI​)≥0.
  • Not formalized. The goal's wording ("NP-hard") is not formalized. Neither are the NP-completeness of degree-3 vertex cover (Garey, Johnson and Stockmeyer), the polynomial size of the construction, or Theorem 2.1 (cited), which turns a vertex cover of GISG^S_IGIS​ into a schedule. What is stated is the correctness of the reduction: the instance has interval-order constraints, and its optimum decides the vertex cover question.
  • No trivialization. The instance SSS is built from GGG and TTT exactly as in the table. The goal quantifies over all graphs and layouts, never over an instance SSS assumed to have the properties.
  • Contributions. Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Claims 1 and 3 are independent of the weights, and Claim 2 is independent of the graph theory.

Selected references

  • C. Ambühl, M. Mastrolilli, N. Mutsanas, O. Svensson, On the Approximability of Single-Machine Scheduling with Precedence Constraints, Math. Oper. Res. 36(4):653–669, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0512
  • C. Ambühl, M. Mastrolilli, Single machine precedence constrained scheduling is a vertex cover problem, Algorithmica 53(4):488–503, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00453-008-9251-1
  • J. R. Correa, A. S. Schulz, Single machine scheduling with precedence constraints, Math. Oper. Res. 30(4):1005–1021, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0158
  • P. Alimonti, V. Kann, Some APX-completeness results for cubic graphs, Theoret. Comput. Sci. 237(1–2):123–134, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3975(98)00158-3
  • M. R. Garey, D. S. Johnson, L. Stockmeyer, Some simplified NP-complete graph problems, Theoret. Comput. Sci. 1(3):237–267, 1976. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-3975(76)90059-1
  • C. H. Papadimitriou, M. Yannakakis, Scheduling interval-ordered tasks, SIAM J. Comput. 8(3):405–409, 1979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0208031
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Approximability of Single-Machine Scheduling with Precedence Constraints 5: An r-Approximate Vertex Cover of the Variable-Cost Graph Yields an (r + ε)-Approximate Vertex Cover of GResearch Paper

Why the variable cost matters

The problem 1∣prec∣∑wjCj1|\mathrm{prec}|\sum w_jC_j1∣prec∣∑wj​Cj​ asks for an order in which to process jobs on one machine, respecting precedence constraints, so as to minimize the weighted sum of completion times. It is strongly NP-hard, and for decades the best approximation ratio known has been 222, achieved by several unrelated algorithms (LP relaxations, Sidney decompositions, primal–dual methods).

Correa and Schulz (2005) and Ambühl and Mastrolilli (2009) showed that the problem is a special case of weighted vertex cover: its objective splits into a fixed cost, the same for every feasible solution, and a variable cost, which equals the weight of a vertex cover in an auxiliary graph GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​. Approximating vertex cover in GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ within a factor α\alphaα therefore approximates the scheduling problem within α\alphaα. Uhan observed that the classical 2-approximations owe their guarantee to the fixed cost and can be arbitrarily bad on the variable cost alone.

Section 8 of Ambühl, Mastrolilli, Mutsanas and Svensson, Math. Oper. Res. 36(4) (2011) (DOI), proves the converse: approximating the variable cost is as hard as approximating vertex cover itself. A better-than-2 algorithm for 1∣prec∣∑wjCj1|\mathrm{prec}|\sum w_jC_j1∣prec∣∑wj​Cj​ must therefore either exploit the fixed cost or improve on the best known approximation for vertex cover, a long-standing open question.

Setting

Scheduling instance. A finite set NNN of jobs, a partial order P=(N,P)\mathbf P = (N,P)P=(N,P) (reflexive; (i,j)∈P(i,j) \in P(i,j)∈P, i≠ji \ne ji=j, means iii precedes jjj), processing times pj≥0p_j \ge 0pj​≥0 and weights wj≥0w_j \ge 0wj​≥0.

Incomparable pairs. Jobs x,yx,yx,y are incomparable, x∥yx \parallel yx∥y, if neither (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) nor (y,x)(y,x)(y,x) lies in PPP. The set inc⁡(P)\operatorname{inc}(\mathbf P)inc(P) consists of the ordered pairs (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) with x∥yx \parallel yx∥y.

The vertex cover graph GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​. One node per incomparable pair (i,j)(i,j)(i,j), of weight w(i,j)=piwjw_{(i,j)} = p_i w_jw(i,j)​=pi​wj​. Distinct nodes (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) and (k,ℓ)(k,\ell)(k,ℓ) are adjacent when, in one of the two orders, j=kj=kj=k and i=ℓi=\elli=ℓ, or j=kj=kj=k and (i,ℓ)∈P(i,\ell)\in P(i,ℓ)∈P, or (i,ℓ),(k,j)∈P(i,\ell),(k,j) \in P(i,ℓ),(k,j)∈P. For a set CCC of nodes, w(C)=∑u∈Cwuw(C) = \sum_{u\in C} w_uw(C)=∑u∈C​wu​; for a vertex cover CCC this is the variable cost, and τw(GPS)\tau_w(G^S_{\mathbf P})τw​(GPS​) is its minimum over all vertex covers.

The instance S(G,k)S(G,k)S(G,k). Given a graph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) with V={v1,…,vn}V = \{v_1,\dots,v_n\}V={v1​,…,vn​} and k>0k > 0k>0, the instance has jobs vi′v'_ivi′​ (processing time k−ik^{-i}k−i, weight 000) and vi′′v''_ivi′′​ (processing time 000, weight kik^{i}ki), and precedence constraints vi′<vj′′v'_i < v''_jvi′​<vj′′​ and vj′<vi′′v'_j < v''_ivj′​<vi′′​ for each edge {vi,vj}∈E\{v_i,v_j\} \in E{vi​,vj​}∈E, plus vi′<vj′′v'_i < v''_jvi′​<vj′′​ for all i<ji<ji<j. The nodes (vi′,vi′′)(v'_i, v''_i)(vi′​,vi′′​) of GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ have weight 111 and are called heavy; all others are light. For a set CCC of nodes, CG={vi:(vi′,vi′′)∈C}C_G = \{v_i : (v'_i,v''_i)\in C\}CG​={vi​:(vi′​,vi′′​)∈C}. The vertex cover number of GGG is τ(G)\tau(G)τ(G).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.1

For every graph GGG on nnn vertices, every r≥1r \ge 1r≥1, ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and every k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 with k>n2r/εk > n^2r/\varepsilonk>n2r/ε: if CCC is a vertex cover of GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ for S=S(G,k)S = S(G,k)S=S(G,k) with w(C)≤r τw(GPS)w(C) \le r\,\tau_w(G^S_{\mathbf P})w(C)≤rτw​(GPS​), then CGC_GCG​ is a vertex cover of GGG,

∣CG∣≤r(τ(G)+n2k),|C_G| \le r\Bigl(\tau(G) + \frac{n^2}{k}\Bigr),∣CG​∣≤r(τ(G)+kn2​),

and, when E≠∅E \ne \emptysetE=∅,

∣CG∣≤r(1+n2k)τ(G)<(r+ε) τ(G).|C_G| \le r\Bigl(1+\frac{n^2}{k}\Bigr)\tau(G) < (r+\varepsilon)\,\tau(G).∣CG​∣≤r(1+kn2​)τ(G)<(r+ε)τ(G).

The paper words the theorem as "approximating the variable cost of 1∣prec∣∑wjCj1|\mathrm{prec}|\sum w_jC_j1∣prec∣∑wj​Cj​ is as hard as approximating vertex cover"; the statement above is the mathematical content its proof establishes.

Milestones (§8, p. 664)

  1. In GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​, every heavy node has weight 111, every light node has weight at most 1/k1/k1/k, and the light nodes have total weight at most n2/kn^2/kn2/k (for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1).
  2. Heavy nodes (vi′,vi′′)(v'_i,v''_i)(vi′​,vi′′​) and (vj′,vj′′)(v'_j,v''_j)(vj′​,vj′′​) are adjacent if and only if {vi,vj}∈E\{v_i,v_j\}\in E{vi​,vj​}∈E; for k>1k>1k>1 the subgraph induced by the weight-1 nodes is isomorphic to GGG via (vi′,vi′′)↦vi(v'_i,v''_i) \mapsto v_i(vi′​,vi′′​)↦vi​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8.1 is one half of an equivalence: by Theorem 2.1 (Correa–Schulz, Ambühl–Mastrolilli), minimizing the variable cost is a special case of weighted vertex cover; by Theorem 8.1, it is also as hard to approximate. Any hardness of approximation for vertex cover (NP-hardness of factor 1.361.361.36 by Dinur and Safra; factor 2−δ2-\delta2−δ under the unique games conjecture by Khot and Regev) transfers to the variable cost. It also explains why the known 2-approximations must rely on the fixed cost, and it frames the later result of Bansal and Khot that the full objective is hard to approximate within 2−δ2-\delta2−δ under a variant of the unique games conjecture.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a checked account of the reduction: the vertex cover graph of an arbitrary precedence-constrained instance, the adjacency-poset instance built from a graph, and the quantitative transfer of approximation ratios. The definition of GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ is shared with the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The construction is short; the care is in the bookkeeping. One must check that the precedence relation is a partial order, determine exactly which ordered pairs are incomparable, verify that two heavy nodes are adjacent only through the third clause of the adjacency rule and only when the corresponding vertices are adjacent in GGG, and bound the weights of all remaining nodes, including the many nodes of weight 000. The transfer then compares an approximate cover of GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ with an optimal one whose heavy part comes from an optimal cover of GGG; the additive error n2/kn^2/kn2/k must be converted into a multiplicative one, which requires τ(G)≥1\tau(G)\ge 1τ(G)≥1.

A first reading of the page suggests that GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ has at most n2n^2n2 nodes; it does not. The pairs (vi′,vj′)(v'_i,v'_j)(vi′​,vj′​) and (vi′′,vj′′)(v''_i,v''_j)(vi′′​,vj′′​) with i≠ji\ne ji=j are incomparable nodes of weight 000, so there can be up to 4n2−2n4n^2-2n4n2−2n nodes. Only nodes of positive weight are few.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Jobs form a finite type; precedence constraints are an explicit reflexive partial-order relation P : N → N → Prop. Processing times and weights are nonnegative reals. The vertex cover graph is a SimpleGraph on the subtype of incomparable ordered pairs, using the symmetric closure of the printed adjacency rule without loops. Vertex covers are Mathlib's SimpleGraph.IsVertexCover; τ(G)\tau(G)τ(G) is Mathlib's vertexCoverNum, finite for a finite graph and converted with toNat; τw(GPS)\tau_w(G^S_{\mathbf P})τw​(GPS​) is a minimum over finite vertex covers.
  • The instance. The graph is a SimpleGraph (Fin n); i : Fin n stands for vi+1v_{i+1}vi+1​, so exponents are i+1i+1i+1 and the order i<ji<ji<j is that of Fin n. Jobs are Fin n ⊕ Fin n (v′v'v′ left, v′′v''v′′ right). The parameter kkk is in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge 0}R≥0​.
  • Added hypotheses. k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, implicit in the page ("k>n2r/εk > n^2r/\varepsilonk>n2r/ε" does not imply it when ε\varepsilonε is large, and for k<1k<1k<1 the light nodes outweigh the heavy ones). The isomorphism with GGG is stated for k>1k > 1k>1, since at k=1k=1k=1 some light nodes also have weight 111. The multiplicative bound requires E≠∅E \ne \emptysetE=∅; the additive bound holds for every graph.
  • Not formalized. The phrases "approximation algorithm", "polynomial time" and "as hard as"; the passage from vertex covers of GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ to schedules (Theorem 2.1, cited from Correa–Schulz and Ambühl–Mastrolilli); the fixed cost. What is stated instead is the explicit map C↦CGC \mapsto C_GC↦CG​ and the ratio it achieves, r(1+n2/k)<r+εr(1+n^2/k) < r+\varepsilonr(1+n2/k)<r+ε. The false count "at most n2n^2n2 vertices" is not stated.
  • Ruled out. The goal is not a statement about an arbitrary graph or an assumed cover of GGG: it concerns the specific instance S(G,k)S(G,k)S(G,k) and every CCC that is an rrr-approximate vertex cover of its graph, and the fact that CGC_GCG​ covers GGG is a conclusion, not a hypothesis.
  • Welcome contributions. Proofs of the two milestones and of the goal; general lemmas on GPSG^S_{\mathbf P}GPS​ (weights of vertex covers, behaviour under induced subgraphs) are reusable across the series.

Selected references

  • C. Ambühl, M. Mastrolilli, N. Mutsanas, O. Svensson, On the Approximability of Single-Machine Scheduling with Precedence Constraints, Mathematics of Operations Research 36(4):653–669, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0512
  • J. R. Correa, A. S. Schulz, Single-Machine Scheduling with Precedence Constraints, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(4):1005–1021, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0158
  • C. Ambühl, M. Mastrolilli, Single Machine Precedence Constrained Scheduling Is a Vertex Cover Problem, Algorithmica 53(4):488–503, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00453-008-9251-6
  • I. Dinur, S. Safra, On the Hardness of Approximating Minimum Vertex Cover, Annals of Mathematics 162(1):439–485, 2005. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2005.162.439
  • S. Khot, O. Regev, Vertex Cover Might Be Hard to Approximate to within 2 − ε, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 74(3):335–349, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2007.06.019
  • N. Bansal, S. Khot, Optimal Long Code Test with One Free Bit, FOCS 2009, 453–462. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2009.23
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algebraic GeometryComplexity TheoryLinear Optimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Log-Barrier Interior Point Methods Are Not Strongly Polynomial 1: Every Polygonal Curve in the Wide Neighborhood of the Central Path of LW_r(t) from μ̄ ≤ 1 to μ̄ ≥ t² Has at Least 2^(r−1) SegmentsResearch Paper

Motivation

Interior point methods solve linear programs in a number of arithmetic operations polynomial in the bit length of the input (Karmarkar 1984). Whether linear programming admits a strongly polynomial algorithm, one whose number of arithmetic operations is bounded by a polynomial in the number of variables and constraints alone, is open; it is the ninth of Smale's problems for the next century (Smale 1998/2000, see the references). A natural question is whether some interior point method is strongly polynomial. Primal-dual path-following methods follow the central path of a log-barrier problem and are the methods used in practice.

Allamigeon, Benchimol, Gaubert and Joswig (arXiv:1708.01544, SIAM J. Appl. Algebra Geom. 2018) gave such a family. For linear programs LWr(t)\mathbf{LW}_r(t)LWr​(t) with 2r2r2r variables and 3r+13r+13r+1 constraints, every path-following method that stays in the wide neighborhood of the central path needs at least 2r−12^{r-1}2r−1 iterations once ttt is large enough. The same family disproves the "continuous Hirsch conjecture" of Deza, Terlaky and Zinchenko (DTZ09, see the references) on the total curvature of the central path. That curvature result is the subject of a separate mission. This mission formalizes the iteration bound.

Setting

For a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix AAA, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn and N:=n+mN:=n+mN:=n+m, the paper considers the linear program in slack form and its dual,

LP(A,b,c): min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩  s.t.  Ax+w=b, (x,w)≥0,DualLP(A,b,c): s−A⊤y=c, (s,y)≥0.\mathrm{LP}(A,b,c):\ \min\ \langle c,x\rangle\ \text{ s.t. }\ Ax+w=b,\ (x,w)\ge0,\qquad \mathrm{DualLP}(A,b,c):\ s-A^\top y=c,\ (s,y)\ge0 .LP(A,b,c): min ⟨c,x⟩  s.t.  Ax+w=b, (x,w)≥0,DualLP(A,b,c): s−A⊤y=c, (s,y)≥0.

A primal-dual point is z=(x,w,s,y)∈R2Nz=(x,w,s,y)\in\mathbb R^{2N}z=(x,w,s,y)∈R2N. The set F∘\mathcal F^\circF∘ of strictly feasible points consists of the zzz with all 2N2N2N coordinates positive that satisfy both equality systems. The duality measure is

μˉ(z)=1N(⟨x,s⟩+⟨w,y⟩),\bar\mu(z)=\frac1N\big(\langle x,s\rangle+\langle w,y\rangle\big),μˉ​(z)=N1​(⟨x,s⟩+⟨w,y⟩),

and for 0<θ<10<\theta<10<θ<1 the wide neighborhood of the central path is

Nθ−∞={z∈F∘: xjsj≥(1−θ)μˉ(z) ∀j,  wiyi≥(1−θ)μˉ(z) ∀i}.\mathcal N^{-\infty}_\theta=\Big\{z\in\mathcal F^\circ:\ x_js_j\ge(1-\theta)\bar\mu(z)\ \forall j,\ \ w_iy_i\ge(1-\theta)\bar\mu(z)\ \forall i\Big\}.Nθ−∞​={z∈F∘: xj​sj​≥(1−θ)μˉ​(z) ∀j,  wi​yi​≥(1−θ)μˉ​(z) ∀i}.

The central path itself is the set of points where all products xjsjx_js_jxj​sj​, wiyiw_iy_iwi​yi​ are equal. The neighborhood bounds the products only from below. It contains the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ and ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ neighborhoods used by short-step, long-step and predictor-corrector methods.

The instance is LWr(t)\mathbf{LW}_r(t)LWr​(t), for r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and t>0t>0t>0:

min⁡ x1  s.t.  x1≤t2, x2≤t, x2j+1≤t x2j−1, x2j+1≤t x2j, x2j+2≤t1−1/2j(x2j−1+x2j) (1≤j<r), x2r−1,x2r≥0.\min\ x_1\ \text{ s.t. }\ x_1\le t^2,\ x_2\le t,\ x_{2j+1}\le t\,x_{2j-1},\ x_{2j+1}\le t\,x_{2j},\ x_{2j+2}\le t^{1-1/2^j}(x_{2j-1}+x_{2j})\ (1\le j<r),\ x_{2r-1},x_{2r}\ge0 .min x1​  s.t.  x1​≤t2, x2​≤t, x2j+1​≤tx2j−1​, x2j+1​≤tx2j​, x2j+2​≤t1−1/2j(x2j−1​+x2j​) (1≤j<r), x2r−1​,x2r​≥0.

With slacks w1,…,w3r−1w_1,\dots,w_{3r-1}w1​,…,w3r−1​ it becomes LWr=(t)=LP(A,b,c)\mathbf{LW}^=_r(t)=\mathrm{LP}(A,b,c)LWr=​(t)=LP(A,b,c) with n=2rn=2rn=2r, m=3r−1m=3r-1m=3r−1, N=5r−1N=5r-1N=5r−1. Its wide neighborhood is written Nθ,t−∞\mathcal N^{-\infty}_{\theta,t}Nθ,t−∞​. A polygonal curve is a union [z0,z1]∪⋯∪[zp−1,zp][z^0,z^1]\cup\dots\cup[z^{p-1},z^p][z0,z1]∪⋯∪[zp−1,zp] of ppp segments, and it is contained in the neighborhood when every point of every segment is.

The milestones use the tropical semifield T=R∪{−∞}\mathbb T=\mathbb R\cup\{-\infty\}T=R∪{−∞} with a⊕b=max⁡(a,b)a\oplus b=\max(a,b)a⊕b=max(a,b) and a⊙b=a+ba\odot b=a+ba⊙b=a+b. The tropical segment tsegm(u,v)\mathsf{tsegm}(u,v)tsegm(u,v) is the set of points λ⊙u⊕μ⊙v\lambda\odot u\oplus\mu\odot vλ⊙u⊕μ⊙v with λ⊕μ=0\lambda\oplus\mu=0λ⊕μ=0. The Funk metric is δF(x,y)=max⁡(0,max⁡k(yk−xk))\delta_F(x,y)=\max(0,\max_k(y_k-x_k))δF​(x,y)=max(0,maxk​(yk​−xk​)), with d∞(x,y)=max⁡(δF(x,y),δF(y,x))d_\infty(x,y)=\max(\delta_F(x,y),\delta_F(y,x))d∞​(x,y)=max(δF​(x,y),δF​(y,x)) and the directed Hausdorff distance d∞(X,Y)=sup⁡x∈Xinf⁡y∈Yd∞(x,y)d_\infty(X,Y)=\sup_{x\in X}\inf_{y\in Y}d_\infty(x,y)d∞​(X,Y)=supx∈X​infy∈Y​d∞​(x,y). Finally, log⁡t\log_tlogt​ is applied coordinatewise, with log⁡t0=−∞\log_t0=-\inftylogt​0=−∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 30 (p. 27)

Let r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and 0<θ<10<\theta<10<θ<1, and suppose that

t>(max⁡((10r−2)!, ((10r−1)!)24(1−θ)3))2r−1.(36)t>\Big(\max\Big((10r-2)!,\ \frac{((10r-1)!)^{24}}{(1-\theta)^3}\Big)\Big)^{2^{r-1}} .\tag{36}t>(max((10r−2)!, (1−θ)3((10r−1)!)24​))2r−1.(36)

If a polygonal curve [z0,z1]∪⋯∪[zp−1,zp][z^0,z^1]\cup\dots\cup[z^{p-1},z^p][z0,z1]∪⋯∪[zp−1,zp] is contained in Nθ,t−∞\mathcal N^{-\infty}_{\theta,t}Nθ,t−∞​ with μˉ(z0)≤1\bar\mu(z^0)\le1μˉ​(z0)≤1 and μˉ(zp)≥t2\bar\mu(z^p)\ge t^2μˉ​(zp)≥t2, then

p≥2r−1.p\ge2^{r-1}.p≥2r−1.

The threshold (36) is the paper's own explicit constant. Corollary 31 (Theorem B of the introduction) restates the result for algorithms. Any method whose iterates and the segments joining them stay in the wide neighborhood performs at least 2r−12^{r-1}2r−1 iterations to reduce the duality measure from t2t^2t2 to 111.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 5). On the primal-dual feasible set, μˉ((1−α)z+αz′)=(1−α)μˉ(z)+αμˉ(z′)\bar\mu((1-\alpha)z+\alpha z')=(1-\alpha)\bar\mu(z)+\alpha\bar\mu(z')μˉ​((1−α)z+αz′)=(1−α)μˉ​(z)+αμˉ​(z′) for all α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R.
  2. Lemma 5 (p. 10). For u≤vu\le vu≤v in Td\mathbb T^dTd, tsegm(u,v)\mathsf{tsegm}(u,v)tsegm(u,v) is a polygonal curve whose segments, oriented from uuu to vvv, have directions eK1,…,eKℓe^{K_1},\dots,e^{K_\ell}eK1​,…,eKℓ​ with K1⊊⋯⊊KℓK_1\subsetneq\dots\subsetneq K_\ellK1​⊊⋯⊊Kℓ​ and ℓ≤d\ell\le dℓ≤d.
  3. Lemma 8 (p. 11). For a segment S=[u,v]S=[u,v]S=[u,v] in R+d\mathbb R^d_+R+d​ and t>1t>1t>1,
d∞(tsegm(log⁡tu,log⁡tv), log⁡tS)≤log⁡t2.d_\infty\big(\mathsf{tsegm}(\log_tu,\log_tv),\ \log_tS\big)\le\log_t2 .d∞​(tsegm(logt​u,logt​v), logt​S)≤logt​2.
  1. Lemma 11 (p. 13). For a d×dd\times dd×d matrix M\mathbf MM with monomial entries ±tαij\pm t^{\alpha_{ij}}±tαij​ and t>1t>1t>1, log⁡t∣det⁡M(t)∣\log_t|\det\mathbf M(t)|logt​∣detM(t)∣ and val⁡(det⁡M)\operatorname{val}(\det\mathbf M)val(detM) differ by at most log⁡td!\log_td!logt​d!; the lower bound holds once t≥(d!)1/η(M)t\ge(d!)^{1/\eta(\mathbf M)}t≥(d!)1/η(M).
  2. Proposition 20 (p. 19). The explicit recursion for xλx^\lambdaxλ gives the greatest point of the tropical polyhedron {x∈P′:x1≤λ}\{x\in\mathcal P':x_1\le\lambda\}{x∈P′:x1​≤λ}, where P′⊆T2r\mathcal P'\subseteq\mathbb T^{2r}P′⊆T2r is cut out by the tropicalized constraints (26) of LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​.

Significance

The theorem shows that the iteration count of a large class of primal-dual log-barrier interior point methods cannot be bounded by any function of rrr that grows more slowly than 2r−12^{r-1}2r−1, uniformly in the data. The class includes the methods of Kojima–Mizuno–Yoshise, Monteiro–Adler and Mizuno–Todd–Ye. No such method is strongly polynomial. The constraint matrix of LWr(t)\mathbf{LW}_r(t)LWr​(t) is fixed by rrr and ttt alone, so the bound concerns the combinatorial dimension, not the bit length. The only property of the method used is that its trajectory stays in Nθ,t−∞\mathcal N^{-\infty}_{\theta,t}Nθ,t−∞​. The lower bound therefore applies to every method with that property, whatever rule chooses its steps.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it or of its tropical ingredients is known. A formalization would check the explicit threshold (36), which the paper derives in a few lines from bounds on Puiseux polyhedra. It would also produce reusable statements about tropical segments, the Funk and Hilbert metrics on Td\mathbb T^dTd, and determinants of monomial matrices.

Difficulty

Following the central path is not hard in principle: the obvious argument tracks the duality measure, which decreases by a constant factor per iteration in a neighborhood of the path. That argument gives only upper bounds. The lower bound requires showing that the neighborhood itself, for large ttt, is too thin to be crossed in a few straight steps, uniformly over every possible trajectory. The paper does this by passing to the limit t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞ on logarithmic scale. The image of Nθ,t−∞\mathcal N^{-\infty}_{\theta,t}Nθ,t−∞​ under log⁡t\log_tlogt​ collapses onto a piecewise-linear tropical central path, and a segment of R2N\mathbb R^{2N}R2N becomes, up to log⁡t2\log_t2logt​2, a tropical segment. The tropical central path of LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ then has to be shown to need 2r−12^{r-1}2r−1 tropical segments. The limit argument has to be made quantitative at a finite, explicit ttt. That is where the Puiseux-series machinery (Theorems 12, 15 and 19 of the paper) and the explicit constant enter.

Formalization scope

Everything is stated over R\mathbb RR and T\mathbb TT; the goal typechecks without the field of Puiseux series. A primal-dual point is an element of Rn×Rm×Rn×Rm\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^m\times\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^mRn×Rm×Rn×Rm. The dual equation is s−A⊤y=cs-A^\top y=cs−A⊤y=c with Mathlib's transpose, μˉ\bar\muμˉ​ divides by N=n+mN=n+mN=n+m (equal to 5r−15r-15r−1 for LWr=\mathbf{LW}^=_rLWr=​), and the wide neighborhood is one-sided. The instance matrix is generated from the paper's 1-based row and column numbers; Lean indices are 0-based. A polygonal curve is a map z:{0,…,p}→R2Nz:\{0,\dots,p\}\to\mathbb R^{2N}z:{0,…,p}→R2N with segment ℝ (z i) (z (i+1)) ⊆ N. The power 2r−12^{r-1}2r−1 in (36) is a natural-number power and the factorials are natural-number factorials. T\mathbb TT is WithBot ℝ, and distances that can be infinite take values in EReal, with the convention −∞+(+∞)=−∞-\infty+(+\infty)=-\infty−∞+(+∞)=−∞ encoded explicitly.

Two statements are repaired or restated. Lemma 11 is printed for all t>0t>0t>0, but its first inequality fails for 0<t<10<t<10<t<1 (for M=(t111)\mathbf M=\begin{pmatrix}t&1\\1&1\end{pmatrix}M=(t1​11​) at t=1/2t=1/2t=1/2), so it is stated for t>1t>1t>1. Lemma 8 makes explicit its implicit hypotheses t>1t>1t>1 and u,v≥0u,v\ge0u,v≥0. Proposition 20 is stated in the form its proof establishes, as the greatest point of a tropical polyhedron. Its identification with the valuation of the Puiseux central path is not part of the item. Monomial matrices are given by sign and exponent matrices, and the valuation of the determinant is computed from the permutation expansion.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: Nθ,t−∞\mathcal N^{-\infty}_{\theta,t}Nθ,t−∞​ is not empty, since the build includes a sorry-free proof that it contains an explicit point for r=1r=1r=1, t=2t=2t=2, θ=1/2\theta=1/2θ=1/2. A curve with p=0p=0p=0 cannot satisfy both duality-measure conditions, since t2>1t^2>1t2>1.

The paper's Puiseux-series results are not posed: Theorems 12, 15, 19 and 29, Propositions 14, 16, 21 and 28, Corollary 17, and the count γ([0,2])≥2r−1\gamma([0,2])\ge2^{r-1}γ([0,2])≥2r−1 of §6.2. They need a faithful model of the field of absolutely convergent generalized Puiseux series and of the tropical central path. Contributions of that infrastructure, and of these statements as further milestones, are welcome. So are proofs of the five milestones, which need no Puiseux series. Proposition 1, Lemma 5 and Proposition 20 are elementary, and Lemma 8 and Lemma 11 are estimates with explicit constants.

Selected references

  • X. Allamigeon, P. Benchimol, S. Gaubert, M. Joswig, Log-barrier interior point methods are not strongly polynomial, SIAM J. Appl. Algebra Geom. 2(1), 2018; arXiv:1708.01544v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1708.01544
  • A. Deza, T. Terlaky, Y. Zinchenko, Central path curvature and iteration-complexity for redundant Klee–Minty cubes, in Advances in Applied Mathematics and Global Optimization, Adv. Mech. Math. 17, Springer, 2009, pp. 223–256. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-75714-8
  • S. Smale, Mathematical problems for the next century, Math. Intelligencer 20(2), 1998, 7–15; reprinted in Mathematics: Frontiers and Perspectives, AMS, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03025291
  • M. Develin, B. Sturmfels, Tropical convexity, Doc. Math. 9, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0308254
  • S. J. Wright, Primal-Dual Interior-Point Methods, SIAM, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971453
  • X. Allamigeon, S. Gaubert, M. Skomra, Tropical spectrahedra, Discrete Comput. Geom. 63, 2020; arXiv:1610.06746. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.06746
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power and Limitations of Affine Policies in Two-Stage Adaptive Optimization V: The Optimal First Stage over a Dominating Simplex Is a 4√m-ApproximationResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage adaptive optimization models decisions taken in two steps: a first-stage decision xxx is fixed before an uncertain right-hand side bbb is revealed, and a second-stage decision y(b)y(b)y(b) is chosen afterwards, with the worst case over an uncertainty set U\mathcal UU to be minimized. Problems of this form arise in capacity planning, network design and inventory control, where the first stage is an investment and the second stage a recourse. Computing the fully adaptable optimum is hard in general, so tractable restrictions are used in practice, most prominently affine policies y(b)=Pb+qy(b)=Pb+qy(b)=Pb+q (Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer, Nemirovski, Math. Program. 2004).

Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Program. Ser. A, DOI 10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4) characterize how well affine policies perform. Their Section 5 shows a factor O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) when the first-stage matrix satisfies A≥0A\ge 0A≥0. Section 6, the subject of this mission, drops the sign condition on AAA: it constructs, from U\mathcal UU, a polytope U0\mathcal U^0U0 with at most m+1m+1m+1 vertices that dominates U\mathcal UU, and shows that an optimal first stage for U0\mathcal U^0U0 is a 4m4\sqrt m4m​-approximate first stage for the original problem.

Timeline. Ben-Tal et al. (2004) introduced affinely adjustable robust counterparts. Bertsimas, Iancu and Parrilo (Math. Oper. Res. 2010) proved optimality of affine policies for one-dimensional multistage problems. Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Oper. Res. 2010) analysed static robust solutions for two-stage problems. The present paper (received 2009, published 2011) gives the Θ(m1/2)\Theta(m^{1/2})Θ(m1/2) picture for affine policies and the general-case first-stage approximation formalized here.

Setting

Fix matrices A∈Rm×n1A\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_1}A∈Rm×n1​, B∈Rm×n2B\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_2}B∈Rm×n2​ and cost vectors c∈R+n1c\in\mathbb R^{n_1}_+c∈R+n1​​, d∈R+n2d\in\mathbb R^{n_2}_+d∈R+n2​​. The uncertainty set U⊆R+m\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^m_+U⊆R+m​ is convex, compact and full-dimensional. A feasible solution of ΠAdapt(U)\Pi_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)ΠAdapt​(U) is a pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) with x≥0x\ge0x≥0 and, for every b∈Ub\in\mathcal Ub∈U, y(b)≥0y(b)\ge0y(b)≥0 and Ax+By(b)≥bAx+By(b)\ge bAx+By(b)≥b, componentwise. Its worst-case cost is sup⁡b∈U cTx+dTy(b)\sup_{b\in\mathcal U}\, c^Tx+d^Ty(b)supb∈U​cTx+dTy(b), and the fully adaptable optimum is

zAdapt(U)=inf⁡(x,y) feasible sup⁡b∈U cTx+dTy(b).z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)=\inf_{(x,y)\ \text{feasible}}\ \sup_{b\in\mathcal U}\ c^Tx+d^Ty(b).zAdapt​(U)=(x,y) feasibleinf​ b∈Usup​ cTx+dTy(b).

An optimal solution attains this value.

For j=1,…,mj=1,\dots,mj=1,…,m let μj=max⁡{bj:b∈U}\mu_j=\max\{b_j: b\in\mathcal U\}μj​=max{bj​:b∈U} and let βj∈U\beta^j\in\mathcal Uβj∈U be a maximizer, βjj=μj\beta^j_j=\mu_jβjj​=μj​ (display (38)). Algorithm A\mathcal AA (Fig. 1 of the paper) starts with the index set J1={1,…,m}J_1=\{1,\dots,m\}J1​={1,…,m}; while some b∈Ub\in\mathcal Ub∈U has ∑j∈J1bj/μj>m\sum_{j\in J_1}b_j/\mu_j>\sqrt m∑j∈J1​​bj​/μj​>m​, it picks a maximizer uku^kuk of that scaled sum over U\mathcal UU, adds uku^kuk to a running total on the coordinates of J1J_1J1​, and removes from J1J_1J1​ every coordinate whose total has reached μj\mu_jμj​. It stops after KKK iterations and returns β=u1+⋯+uK\beta=u^1+\dots+u^Kβ=u1+⋯+uK. The dominating set is

U0=conv⁡{2m⋅β1,…,2m⋅βm, 2β}.(66)\mathcal U^0=\operatorname{conv}\{2\sqrt m\cdot\beta^1,\dots,2\sqrt m\cdot\beta^m,\ 2\beta\}.\tag{66}U0=conv{2m​⋅β1,…,2m​⋅βm, 2β}.(66)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

For every run of Algorithm A\mathcal AA, every choice of the maximizers βj\beta^jβj, and every optimal solution (x~,y~)(\tilde x,\tilde y)(x~,y~​) of ΠAdapt(U0)\Pi_{Adapt}(\mathcal U^0)ΠAdapt​(U0),

∀b∈U  ∃y≥0:Ax~+By≥b,cTx~+dTy≤4m⋅zAdapt(U).\forall b\in\mathcal U\ \ \exists y\ge 0:\quad A\tilde x+By\ge b,\qquad c^T\tilde x+d^Ty\le 4\sqrt m\cdot z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U).∀b∈U  ∃y≥0:Ax~+By≥b,cTx~+dTy≤4m​⋅zAdapt​(U).

The page states the factor as O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​); 4m4\sqrt m4m​ is the constant its proof establishes.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 12. U0\mathcal U^0U0 dominates U\mathcal UU: every b∈Ub\in\mathcal Ub∈U has some b′∈U0b'\in\mathcal U^0b′∈U0 with b≤b′b\le b'b≤b′.
  2. Lemma 13 (inequality). ΠAdapt(U0)\Pi_{Adapt}(\mathcal U^0)ΠAdapt​(U0) is feasible with finite worst-case cost, and
zAdapt(U0)≤4m⋅zAdapt(U).z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U^0)\le 4\sqrt m\cdot z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U).zAdapt​(U0)≤4m​⋅zAdapt​(U).
  1. The domination claim in the proof of Theorem 6. If VVV dominates WWW and (x~,y~)(\tilde x,\tilde y)(x~,y~​) is optimal for ΠAdapt(V)\Pi_{Adapt}(V)ΠAdapt​(V) with finite worst-case cost, then every b∈Wb\in Wb∈W can be served from x~\tilde xx~ at cost at most zAdapt(V)z_{Adapt}(V)zAdapt​(V).

Significance

The result gives a first-stage decision with a guarantee of order m\sqrt mm​ for two-stage problems with an arbitrary first-stage matrix, a setting where the affine-policy analysis of Section 5 does not apply. The decision is obtained from a problem whose uncertainty set has at most m+1m+1m+1 extreme points, so it reduces an adaptive problem over a general convex set to one over a polytope with few vertices. Together with the paper's lower bounds (Theorems 2 and 3, Ω(m1/2−δ)\Omega(m^{1/2-\delta})Ω(m1/2−δ) for affine policies), it places the general-case approximability of the first stage at the same order as the affine-policy gap.

The result is proved in the paper. It has no machine-checked proof that we know of. The formalization produces, beyond the theorem itself, an encoding of model (1) with values that are honest infima, a relational encoding of Algorithm A\mathcal AA usable for its termination and output properties, and a reusable domination lemma for two-stage problems. Mission IV of this series (the case A≥0A\ge0A≥0) formalizes Lemmas 9 and 10 on Algorithm A\mathcal AA, which the proofs here use.

Difficulty

The obvious argument replaces U\mathcal UU by a simple set that contains or dominates it, such as the box ∏j[0,μj]\prod_j[0,\mu_j]∏j​[0,μj​], and solves over that set. This loses a factor mmm, not m\sqrt mm​: for U=conv⁡{0,e1,…,em}\mathcal U=\operatorname{conv}\{0,e_1,\dots,e_m\}U=conv{0,e1​,…,em​} with A=0A=0A=0, B=IB=IB=I, c=0c=0c=0, d=ed=ed=e, the optimum over U\mathcal UU is 111 while the optimum over the box is mmm. A dominating set with few vertices whose cost is only O(m)O(\sqrt m)O(m​) times the original optimum has to be built from U\mathcal UU itself, and controlling the cost of its vertex 2β2\beta2β depends on the number KKK of iterations of Algorithm A\mathcal AA, which is bounded only through the potential argument of Lemma 10 in the paper.

A second difficulty is that zAdaptz_{Adapt}zAdapt​ is an infimum, not an attained minimum, over second-stage rules that are arbitrary functions; the cost comparison must work from near-optimal solutions of ΠAdapt(U)\Pi_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)ΠAdapt​(U).

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions on Fin m, matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ, and inequalities between vectors are componentwise. The paper's coordinate jjj is Fin index j−1j-1j−1. zAdapt(U)z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U)zAdapt​(U) is the infimum of the set of bounds ttt such that some feasible (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) satisfies cTx+dTy(b)≤tc^Tx+d^Ty(b)\le tcTx+dTy(b)≤t for all b∈Ub\in\mathcal Ub∈U; this avoids a real supremum of a possibly unbounded worst case. An optimal solution is a feasible one that achieves every achievable bound. μ\muμ and the maximizers βj\beta^jβj enter the theorems as data with their defining properties. Algorithm A\mathcal AA is a relation on a choice sequence u1,u2,…u^1,u^2,\dotsu1,u2,…: the theorems hold for every run and every choice of maximizers, never for "some simplex dominating U\mathcal UU".

Standing assumptions of (1) carried by the goal and Lemma 13: c≥0c\ge0c≥0, d≥0d\ge0d≥0, U⊆R+m\mathcal U\subseteq\mathbb R^m_+U⊆R+m​ convex, compact and with nonempty interior, and (1) feasible. There is no sign condition on AAA. Lemma 12 keeps only nonnegativity and full-dimensionality of U\mathcal UU; the domination claim is stated for arbitrary scenario sets VVV and WWW with VVV dominating WWW and assumes that the optimal solution over VVV has a finite worst-case cost.

The printed Lemma 13 also asserts zAff(U0)=zAdapt(U0)z_{Aff}(\mathcal U^0)=z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U^0)zAff​(U0)=zAdapt​(U0) on the grounds that U0\mathcal U^0U0 is a simplex. Its m+1m+1m+1 generators need not be affinely independent, so this equality is not part of the mission; Theorem 6 does not use it.

A bound on zAdapt(U0)z_{Adapt}(\mathcal U^0)zAdapt​(U0) alone is not the goal: the goal requires, for each scenario of the original set U\mathcal UU, a feasible second stage completing the fixed first stage x~\tilde xx~ at the stated cost. Lemma 13 also asserts feasibility over U0\mathcal U^0U0 with a finite bound, so its inequality cannot hold through the value of an infimum over an empty set.

A complete development needs elementary facts about convex hulls of finitely many points (representation by convex weights), the properties of Algorithm A\mathcal AA (its output bound and termination, Lemmas 9 and 10 of the paper), and ε\varepsilonε-approximation arguments for infima. The encoding of model (1) and of Algorithm A\mathcal AA is shared with the other missions of this series. Contributions of these supporting lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power and limitations of affine policies in two-stage adaptive optimization, Math. Program. Ser. A, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0444-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • D. Bertsimas, D. A. Iancu, P. A. Parrilo, Optimality of affine policies in multistage robust optimization, Math. Oper. Res. 35, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1100.0444
  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power of robust solutions in two-stage stochastic and adaptive optimization problems, Math. Oper. Res. 35, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1090.0440
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 46 of 96Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me